Video Cassette Recorder

Transcript

FILE NO. 110-200003 SERVICE MANUAL NC MECHANICAL DECK VIDEO CASSETTE RECORDER W-704 General Descriptions General Descriptions Adjustment Procedures Procedures Servicing Servicing Diagrams diagrams Parts Part List Feb., 2000 Y SAFETY NOTICE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS LEAKAGE CURRENT CHECK Plug the AC line cord directly into a 120V AC outlet (do not use an isolation transformer for this check). Use an AC Voltmeter, having 5000 W per volt or more sensitivity. Connect a 1500 W 10 W resistor, paralleled by a 0.15 µF 150V AC capacitor between a known good earth ground (water pipe, conduit, etc.) and all exposed metal parts of cabinet (antennas, handle bracket, metal cabinet, screwheads, metal overlays, control shafts, etc.). Measure the AC voltage across the 1500 W resistor. The test must be conducted with the AC switch on and then repeated with the AC switch off. The AC voltage indicated by the meter may not exceed 0.3 V. A reading exceeding 0.3 V indicates that a dangerous potential exists, the fault must be located and corrected. Repeat the above test with the VCR power plug reversed. NEVER RETURN A VCR TO THE CUSTOMER WITHOUT TAKING NECESSARY CORRECTIVE ACTION. READING SHOULD NOT EXCEED 0.3V VIDEO CASSETTE RECORDER AC VOLTMETER (5000 W per volt or more sensitivity) 1500 W 10 W AC OUTLET Good earth ground such as a water pipe, conduit, etc. 0.15µF 150V AC Test all exposed metal. Voltmeter Hook-up for Leakage Current Check The lightning flash with arrowhead symbol, within an equilateral triangle, is intended to alert the user to the presence of uninsulated “dangerous voltage” within the product's enclosure that may be of sufficient magnitude to constitute a risk of electric shock to persons. The exclamation point within an equilateral triangle is intended to alert the user to the presence of important operating and maintenance (servicing) instructions in the literature accompanying the appliance. Top Top Adjustment Procedures Adjustment Servicing Diagrams Diagrams Servicing SECTION 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTIONS 1. OWNER'S MANUAL Parts List List Parts Video Cassette Recorder W-704 OWNER’S MANUAL REV FF PLAY POWER EJECT STOP PROG.TV REC PAUSE/STILL This publication is printed on recycled paper 70971840 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS The lightning flash with arrowhead symbol, within an equilateral triangle, is intended to alert the user to the presence of uninsulated “dangerous voltage” within the product’s enclosure that may be of sufficient magnitude to constitute a risk of electric shock to persons. The exclamation point within an equilateral triangle is intended to alert the user to the presence of important operating and maintenance (servicing) instructions in the literature accompanying the appliance. WARNING: TO REDUCE THE RISK OF FIRE OR ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT EXPOSE THIS APPLIANCE TO RAIN OR MOISTURE. DANGEROUS HIGH VOLTAGES ARE PRESENT INSIDE THE ENCLOSURE. DO NOT OPEN THE CABINET. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED PERSONNEL ONLY. CAUTION: TO PREVENT ELECTRIC SHOCK, MATCH WIDE BLADE OF PLUG TO WIDE SLOT, FULLY INSERT. Product Name: Video Cassette Recorder Model Number: W-704 FCC Notice: “Declaration of Conformity” This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Contact: Toshiba America Consumer Products, Inc. Address: 1420 Toshiba Drive, Lebanon, TN37087 Telephone: 615-449-2360 User Installer Caution: Changes or modification made to this equipment not expressly approved by Toshiba Corporation or parties authorized by Toshiba Corporation could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. Note to CATV system installer: This reminder is provided to call the CATV system installer’s attention to Article 820-40 of the NEC that provides guidelines for proper grounding and, in particular, specifies that the cable ground shall be connected to the grounding system of the building, as close to the point of cable entry as practical. 2 IMPORTANT PRECAUTIONS Avoid Volatile Liquid Do not use volatile liquids, such as an insect spray, near the unit. Do not leave rubber or plastic products touching the unit for a long time. They will mar the finish. INTRODUCTION Save Original Packing Materials The original shipping carton and packing materials will come in handy if you ever have to ship your VCR. For maximum protection, repack the set as it was originally packed at the factory. Moisture Condensation Never operate this unit immediately after moving it from a cold location to a warm location. When the VCR is exposed to such a change in temperature, moisture may condense on the cylinder inside, one of its most crucial internal parts. To prevent the VCR from possible damage, do not use the unit for at least 2 hours when there is an extreme or sudden change in temperature. Compatibility This video cassette recorder (VCR) is compatible with any other VCR bearing the mark. HQ VHS equipment is also compatible with existing, non-HQ VHS equipment. Copyright It is permissible to record television programs, film, video tapes and other material only in the event that third party copyrights and other rights are not violated. As an ENERGY STAR® Partner, TOSHIBA has determined that this product or product model meets the ENERGY STAR® guidelines for energy efficiency. In the spaces provided below, record the Model and Serial No. located at the rear of your video cassette recorder. Model No. Serial No. Retain this information for future reference. 3 IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS CAUTION: PLEASE READ AND OBSERVE ALL WARNINGS AND INSTRUCTIONS GIVEN IN THIS OWNER’S MANUAL AND THOSE MARKED ON THE UNIT. RETAIN THIS BOOKLET FOR FUTURE REFERENCE. This set has been designed and manufactured to assure personal safety. Improper use can result in electric shock or fire hazard. The safeguards incorporated in this unit will protect you if you observe the following procedures for installation, use and servicing. This unit is fully transistorized and does not contain any parts that can be repaired by the user. DO NOT REMOVE THE CABINET COVER, OR YOU MAY BE EXPOSED TO DANGEROUS VOLTAGE. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL ONLY. 1. Read owner’s manual After unpacking this product, read the owner’s manual carefully, and follow all the operating and other instructions. 2. Power Sources This product should be operated only from the type of power source indicated on the marking label. If you are not sure of the type of power supply to your home, consult your product dealer or local power company. For products intended to operate from battery power, or other sources, refer to the operating instructions. 3. Grounding or Polarization This product may be equipped with a polarized alternating current line plug (a plug having one blade wider than the other). This plug will fit into the power outlet only one way. This is a safety feature. If you are unable to insert the plug fully into the outlet, try reversing the plug. If the plug should still fail to fit, contact your electrician to replace your obsolete outlet. Do not defeat the safety purpose of the polarized plug. 4. Ventilation Slots and openings in the cabinet are provided for ventilation and to ensure reliable operation of the product and to protect it from overheating, and these openings must not be blocked or covered. The openings should never be blocked by placing the product on a bed, sofa, rug or other similar surface. This product should not be placed in a built-in installation such as a bookcase or rack unless proper ventilation is provided or the manufacturer’s instructions have been adhered to. 5. Heat The product should be situated away from heat sources such as radiators, heat registers, stoves, or other products (including amplifiers) that produce heat. 4 6. Water and Moisture Do not use this product near water - for example, near a bath tub, wash bowl, kitchen sink, or laundry tub; in a wet basement; or near a swimming pool and the like. 8. Power-Cord Protection Power-supply cords should be routed so that they are not likely to be walked on or pinched by items placed upon or against them, paying particular attention to cords at plugs, convenience receptacles, and the point where they exit from the product. INTRODUCTION 7. Cleaning Unplug this product from the wall outlet before cleaning. Do not use liquid cleaners or aerosol cleaners. Use a damp cloth for cleaning. 9. Overloading Do not overload wall outlets; extension cords, or integral convenience receptacles as this can result in a risk of fire or electric shock. 10. Outdoor Antenna Grounding If an outside antenna or cable system is connected to the product, be sure the antenna or cable system is grounded so as to provide some protection against voltage surges and built-up static charges. Article 810 of the National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70, provides information with regard to proper grounding of the mast and supporting structure, grounding of the lead-in wire to an antenna discharge unit, size of grounding conductors, location of antenna-discharge unit, connection to grounding electrodes, and requirements for the grounding electrode. EXAMPLE OF ANTENNA GROUNDING AS PER NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE ANTENNA LEAD IN WIRE GROUND CLAMP ELECTRIC SERVICE EQUIPMENT ANTENNA DISCHARGE UNIT (NEC SECTION 810-20) GROUNDING CONDUCTORS (NEC SECTION 810-21) GROUND CLAMPS POWER SERVICE GROUNDING ELECTRODE SYSTEM (NEC ART 250, PART H) NEC – NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE S2898A 11. Power Lines An outside antenna system should not be located in the vicinity of overhead power lines or other electric light or power circuits, or where it can fall into such power lines or circuits. When installing an outside antenna system, extreme care should be taken to keep from touching such power lines or circuits as contact with them might be fatal. 5 IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 12. Lightning For added protection for this product during storm, or when it is left unattended and unused for long periods of time, unplug it from the wall outlet and disconnect the antenna or cable system. This will prevent damage to the product due to lightning and power-line surges. 13. Object and Liquid Entry Never push objects of any kind into this product through openings as they may touch dangerous voltage points or short-out parts that could result in a fire or electric shock. Never spill liquid of any kind on the product. 14. Attachments Do not use attachments not recommended by the product manufacturer as they may cause hazards. 15. Accessories Do not place this product on an unstable cart, stand, tripod, bracket, or table. The product may fall, causing serious injury to a child or adult, and serious damage to the product. Use only with a cart, stand, tripod, bracket, or table recommended by the manufacturer, or sold with the product. Any mounting of the product should follow the manufacturer’s instructions, and should use a mounting accessory recommended by the manufacturer. A product and cart combination should be moved with care. Quick stops, excessive force, and uneven surfaces may cause the product and cart combination to overturn. S3125A 16. Damage Requiring Service Unplug this product from the wall outlet and refer servicing to qualified service personnel under the following conditions: a) When the power-supply cord or plug is damaged. b) If liquid has been spilled, or objects have fallen into the product. c) If the product has been exposed to rain or water. d) If the product does not operate normally by following the operating instructions. Adjust only those controls that are covered by the operating instructions as an improper adjustment of other controls may result in damage and will often require extensive work by a qualified technician to restore the product to its normal operation. e) If the product has been dropped or damaged in any way. f) When the product exhibits a distinct change in performance - this indicates a need for service. 17. Servicing Do not attempt to service this product yourself as opening or removing covers may expose you to dangerous voltage or other hazards. Refer all servicing to qualified service personnel. 18. Replacement Parts When replacement parts are required, be sure the service technician has used replacement parts specified by the manufacturer or have the same characteristics as the original part. Unauthorized substitutions may result in fire, electric shock, or other hazards. 19. Safety Check Upon completion of any service or repairs to this product, ask the service technician to perform safety checks to determine that the product is in proper operating condition. 6 Contents Provides important notes and general explanation of the VCR, including names of the buttons, jacks, etc. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS .................... 2 IMPORTANT PRECAUTIONS .............. 3 IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS ................................... 4 Contents .............................................. 7 Identification of Controls ................... 8 • Front Panel • Remote Control • VCR Display • Rear Panel Variable Speed Playback .................. 21 • Picture Search • Still Picture • Slow-motion Picture • Frame Advance • Double Speed Playback • Shuttle Dial Operation Useful Functions in Tape Operation ........................................... 23 • Counter Function • Tape Remaining Time • Index Search Function INTRODUCTION INTRODUCTION RECORDING Explains recording functions. How to Use the Remote Control ...... 10 Recording a TV Program .................. 25 • Watching a TV program while recording another • Recording off time setting Timer Program Recording ............... 26 Connections ...................................... 11 VCR Plus+ C3 ® system Set-up ......... 29 Auto Set Up ....................................... 14 VCR Plus+ C3 ® system Recording .. 31 Initial Settings Using On-screen Display ............................................... 15 • Setting the Language • Optional settings on the SET UP screen • Setting the Clock Storing Channels on the VCR .......... 17 Cable Box Set-up .............................. 33 PREPARATION Explains what you need to do before operating the VCR. Video Cassette Use .......................... 19 DSS® Satellite Receiver Set-up ........ 37 MTS Broadcast Compatibility .......... 41 Simulcast Recording ........................ 42 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Multi Brand Remote Control ............ 43 PLAYBACK Explains variable functions concerning playback. Playback ............................................ 20 • 19µ HEAD Before Calling Service Personnel ... 45 Specifications ................................... 47 Accessories ....................................... 47 LIMITED WARRANTY ........................ 48 7 INTRODUCTION Identification of Controls See the page in for details. This manual shows the names of buttons in italics. Front Panel CHANNEL 25 EJECT 19 PLAY 20 Cassette compartment 19 POWER 15 STOP 20 REV ( FWD ) PLAY POWER c EJECT SHUTTLE 22 STOP CHANNEL LINE IN 2 LINE IN 2 VIDEO jack PAUSE/STILL REC VIDEO L-MONO-AUDIO-R PAUSE/STILL 21 Remote sensor 10 LINE IN 2 AUDIO (L/MONO, R) jacks VCR display 9 REC 25 Remote Control To operate this VCR. VCR 14 To operate your TV. TV 43 Number buttons 25 I.SELECT 25 REMAIN/COUNTER 23 DISPLAY 23 VCR TV POWER CH/TRK 25 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 100 DISPLAY REMAIN/ COUNTER COUNT RESET SP/SLP REC CH/TRK 100 18 TV VOL I.SELECT TV/VCR TIMER SP/SLP 25 REW SLOW FF CURSOR STOP PAUSE/STILL SLOW 21 PROG. 15 VCR Plus+ 31 EJECT 19 CANCEL 28 A.SELECT 41 TV VOL 43 TV/VCR 25 COUNT RESET 23 TIMER 27 PLAY/x2 REC 25 REW * 20 POWER 15 PLAY/x2 * 20 FF * 20 PAUSE/STILL 21 PROG. CANCEL VCR Plus+ A.SELECT EJECT INDEX 19µ/ ENTER STOP * 20 CH POWER CABLE BOX ENTER 15 19µ 20 POWER (CABLE BOX) 35 CH (CABLE BOX) 35 INDEX 24 * These buttons are used to control the cursor on the screen. 8 INTRODUCTION VCR Display VCR indicator Cassette indicator Timer recording indicator REMAIN indicator OFF indicator POWER indicator POWER SLP VCR REC TIMER REC (Recording) indicator Tape speed indicator (SP/SLP) AM PM REMAIN OFF DT CH H M L R S Hi-Fi (L/R) indicators L: Left channel R:Right channel off: Normal track Multifunctional indicator DT (Digital Auto Tracking) indicator Channel indicator Tape running direction/speed indicator Rear Panel LINE OUT VIDEO jack RF IN (FROM ANT.) terminal LINE IN 1 VIDEO jack To wall outlet LINE IN 1 AUDIO jacks (L, R) CH selector (3/4) RF OUT (TO TV) terminal LINE OUT AUDIO jacks (L, R) LINE IN 1 AUDIO (Rear), 2 (Front) jacks If the connected equipment is monaural (has one audio output jack), connect the L (MONO) side, the same sound is recorded on both L and R on the Hi-Fi track. 9 PREPARATION How to Use the Remote Control This section explains how to get ready for remote control operation. Setting up the Remote Control 1 Open the battery compartment lid on the rear panel. 2 Install 2 batteries (“AAA” size) following the polarity diagrams. 3 Close the battery compartment lid. 4 Point the remote control at the VCR and press the buttons within the operating range. Distance: Angles: within about 7 m from the front of the remote sensor within about 30˚ in every direction Notes on batteries Caring for the remote control • The life of the batteries is about 1 year depending on the conditions of use. • If the remote control does not operate correctly, replace all batteries with new ones. • If the remote control is not to be used for a long period of time, remove the batteries to avoid possible damage from battery corrosion. • Do not expose the remote sensor of the VCR to a strong light source such as direct sunlight or illumination (especially high-frequency lighting) when using the remote control. • Be careful not to spill water on the remote control or to place it on anything wet, and avoid sharp impacts. 10 PREPARATION Connections Before you use this VCR, it is necessary to connect it to your TV. Several ways of connecting are available depending on your use of TV or cable box. Select one which is applicable to your equipment. Antenna/VCR/TV Connection Disconnect the antenna cable from your TV and connect it to the RF IN terminal on the VCR. 2 Connect the RF OUT terminal to the TV. VHF/UHF combinaion antenna VHF antenna only IN PREPARATION 1 UHF antenna only 1 (FROM ANT.) VHF/UHF 2 OUT (TO TV) Setting the VCR Output Channel When the VCR is connected in this way, the VCR sends the output signals to channel 3 or 4 on your TV. Set the output channel selector (CH selector) of the VCR to “3” or “4”, whichever is vacant in your area. VHF UHF Antenna splitter (not supplied) AUDIO/VIDEO Connections The AUDIO/VIDEO jacks are also available to connect your TV. When connected your TV using the AUDIO/VIDEO OUT jacks To watch video pictures, set the video input mode on your TV. For the video input mode, refer to the manual of your TV. LINE OUT VIDEO VIDEO IN LINE OUT AUDIO AUDIO IN 11 Connections (continued) Cable Connection Choose one of the below according to your usage of the cable box. This set-up will enable you to: – record an unscrambled channel. – watch an unscrambled channel while recording it. – record an unscrambled channel while watching another (only when you connect a cablecompatible TV). Incoming cable You will need to: • select TV channel 3 or 4 to receive video signals. (See page 11.) • to record a channel while watching another, press TV/VCR on the remote control to turn off the “VCR” indicator in the VCR display and select a desired channel on the TV (only when you connect a cable-compatible TV). This set-up will enable you to: – record an unscrambled channel. – watch an unscrambled channel while recording it. – record an unscrambled channel while watching another (scrambled or unscrambled). Cable Box IN Incoming cable OUT You will need to: • set TV channel to the output channel of the cable box. • turn on the cable box and select cable channel 3 or 4 according to the output channel of the VCR. • to record a channel while watching another, press TV/VCR on the remote control to turn off the “VCR” indicator in the VCR display and select a desired cable channel on the cable box. 12 PREPARATION This set-up will enable you to: – watch an unscrambled or scrambled channel while recording it. – record any channels through the cable box. Cable Box IN You will need to: • set TV channel 3 or 4 to receive video signals. (See page 11.) • set VCR channel to the output channel of the cable box, and select a desired cable channel on the cable box. • while the VCR is turned off or the “VCR” indicator is not lit in the VCR display, set TV channel to the output channel of the cable box. OUT A/B switch A A A This set-up will enable you to: B B B Cable Box – watch an unscrambled or scrambled channel while recording it. – record an unscrambled channel while watching another unscrambled channel (only when you connect a cable-compatible TV). • A/B switch “A”: record and watch an unscrambled channel which comes bypassing the cable box. • A/B switch “B”: record and watch a scrambled or unscrambled channel coming through the cable box. Cable Box This set-up will enable you to: – watch or record a channel through the cable box via the LINE IN 1 (AUDIO/VIDEO) jacks. You will need to: • press I.SELECT so that the VCR display shows “L1”. 13 PREPARATION Auto Set Up The Auto Set Up function automatically sets the tuner channels and clock when power is first connected to the VCR. Preparation • Turn on the TV, and select the video channel (3 or 4), or the video input mode if you made the Audio/Video connection (page 11). • Press I.SELECT so that the channel number will appear if “L1” or “L2” is displayed in the VCR display. • Press VCR to set the remote control operating the VCR. Auto Set Up 1 Connect the antenna cable to the VCR (see page 11). Then connect the VCR’s power plug to an AC outlet. “Auto” flashes in the VCR display as the VCR automatically tunes in all active stations. When Auto Set Up is completed successfully, the current time will be displayed. VCR display VCR display PM Tuning in progress. Auto Set Up completed. • If the VCR fails to set the clock, “– : – –” will be displayed. Set the clock manually. (Refer to “Setting the clock” on page 16.) Notes • If you press the CANCEL button, the Auto Set Up is cancelled. • If Auto Set Up is not perform successfully, perform the clock and Tuner Channel procedures manually (page 16 to 18). • If, however, you want to add or delete channels, refer to “Adding or erasing channels” on page 18. 14 PREPARATION Initial Settings Using On-screen Display Language selection must be set first when the VCR is first plugged in, or after it encounters a power failure. You can also easily make necessary settings using the on-screen displays. Preparation • Turn on the TV, and select the video channel (3 or 4), or the video input mode if you made the Audio/Video connection (page 11). • Press VCR to set the remote control operating the VCR. PREPARATION Setting the Language VCR POWER 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 100 1 2 Press POWER to turn on the VCR. Press PROG.. The following screen appears on the TV. SET UP PROGRAM PRESET E n GL I S H PLAY/x2 REW FF STOP F RA n ÇA I S REW E SPA ñ OL FF PLAY/x2, STOP EnD: PROG 3 ENTER PROG. Select the language using PLAY/x2 (CURSOR ) or STOP (CURSOR ) , and press PROG.. The screen turns to the MENU screen. MEnU PROGRAM SET UP PRESET EnD: PROG 4 ENTER Press PROG. to return to the normal TV screen. Optional settings on the SET UP screen Other optional settings can be made. Press ENTER while “SET UP” is selected on the MENU screen. The screen turns to the SET UP screen. PROGRAM SET UP PRESET TAPE LE n GT H 120 160 180 SAP SET O OFF S I MULCAST O OFF ANTE nn A AUTO MA U LA n GUAGE E G FRA ESP XDS I n FO O OFF EnD: PROG n n n n n Page 23 Page 41 Page 42 With “AUTO” set, a TV broadcast will appear via the TV tuner after playback. Move down here, and set to “AUTO” or “MANU”. If you made the Audio/Video connection (page 11), set to “MANU”. To change the language, move down here and set to the desired one. With “ON” set, you can see the station ID and program title displayed on TV. To exit, press PROG. (Continued) 15 Initial Settings Using On-Screen Display (continued) Setting the Clock 8 Example: To set the clock to 2:30 p.m. on August 25 (summer time) 2000. 1 After a while, the VCR automatically updates the clock using the data broadcast by the local TV stations. The following screen will appear on TV depending on the broadcast at your location. Press PROG.. The MENU screen appears on the TV. 2 Select “PRESET” using FF or REW, and press ENTER. PROGRAM SET UP EnD: PROG PROGRAM ENTER 9 Press ENTER to select “CLOCK SET”. PROGRAM SET UP PRESET EnD: PROG Select “AUTO” or “MANU” using PLAY/ x2 or STOP. AUTO: The VCR automatically sets or adjusts the clock. If you select “AUTO” mode, proceed to step 8. MANU: You can set the clock manually. If you select “MANU” mode, select “SUMMER TIME” using FF. Set to “IN” or “OUT” for the summer (daylight saving) time using PLAY/x2 or STOP. (For “IN” and “OUT” selections, see the description in step 9.) 5 If you select “AUTO” for your time zone, the VCR sets the clock using the first Coordinated Universal Time information it finds. If the time is not correct, select another time zone or use the “MANU” option. Move to the next using FF. 3) Set “CH”. If you don't know the clock data channel, select “AUTO”. The VCR will scan automatically to tune the channel carrying the clock data. Vary the digits to set the hour. PLAY/x2: To increase. STOP: To decrease. 7 Repeat steps 5 and 6 to set the minutes, month, day, and the year (by the last two digits). Proceed to step 10 to start the clock. Select the options using FF or REW. Change the data using PLAY/x2 or STOP. 1) Set “SUMMER TIME (DaylightSaving Time)”. 2) Set “Time Zone”. (To move back, press REW.) 6 If AUTO CLOCK SET is unsuccessful, set the time and date through the “MANU” clock set menu selection. 10 Press PROG.. Now the clock starts. 11 16 PRESET IN, daylight-saving time begins on the first Sunday in April. Because the clock automatically changes from 2:00 AM to 3:00 AM (forward one hour), remember that any part of a scheduled Timer Recording that falls between these two times will not be recorded. OUT, daylight-saving time ends on the last Sunday in October. The VCR clock automatically changes from 2:00 AM to 1:00 AM (back one hour). Therefore, it can affect your recording length if one is set for this time. CL OCK SE T SUMME R T I ME T I ME DA T E YE AR MAnU OUT 12 : 0 0 AM 1 / 0 1 ’ 00 SA 4 SET UP CL OCK SE T SUMME R T I ME T I ME Z O n E C H AUTO AUTO I n AUTOEAS T ER n AUTO 2 T I ME DA T E Y E A R 9 : 5 7AM 1 / 0 1 ’ 00 SA EnD: PROG ENTER PRESET CL OCK S E T CH MEMOR Y CAB L E B OX / D S S GU I DE C H 3 Press ENTER to start the “AUTO” clock set feature. Press PROG. to exit. PREPARATION Storing Channels on the VCR This section is required if you receive only normal TV or unscrambled cable channels, or use a cable box between your TV and the VCR. Incoming Antenna/Cable (CATV) Signals Preparation • Turn on the TV, and select the video channel (3 or 4), or the video input mode if you made the Audio/Video connection (page 11). • Press I.SELECT so that the channel number will appear if “L1” or “L2” is displayed in the VCR display. PREPARATION The VCR scans through all receivable TV and CATV channels and stores only the active ones in your area into the memory. Once the storing is finished, you can select a desired channel using CH/TRK. Incoming Antenna/Cable (CATV) Signals 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 100 Number buttons FF STOP Press PROG. to display the MENU screen. Select “PRESET” using FF or REW, and press ENTER. 100 I.SELECT REW PLAY/x2 REW 1 2 ENTER SET UP PRESET CL OCK S E T CH MEMOR Y CAB L E B OX / D S S GU I DE C H FF PLAY/x2, STOP PROGRAM EnD: PROG 3 Select “CH MEMORY” using PLAY/ x2 or STOP, and press ENTER. PROGRAM ENTER SET UP TV OFF TV / CA TV AUTO SCA n ADD CH ERAS E CH 1, 6 PRESET CATV On ––CH ––CH EnD: PROG 4 Set “TV/CATV“ to “TV” or “CATV” using FF or REW. TV: To store channels received via the antenna. CATV: To store channels received via the incoming cable. 5 Select “AUTO SCAN” using PLAY/x2 or STOP, and press FF to set to “ON”. The VCR starts scanning and the channels are stored in the VCR in ascending order. When the scanning is finished, the screen automatically returns. 6 PROGRAM TV AUTO SCA n SET UP 2CH PRESET On EnD: PROG Press PROG. to exit. 17 Storing Channels on the VCR (continued) Adding or erasing channels 3) Enter a channel number of 1 to 125 using number buttons. For more than 100 number, first press 100. For CATV channels, refer to the chart below. (For other orders, check with your cable company.) 4) Repeat steps 2) and 3) to add or erase channels as necessary. 5) Press PROG. to exit. Adding channels If a desired channel cannot be scanned automatically because of a weak signal, it can be added to the memory. Erasing channels You can erase a stored channel from the memory if it is unnecessary. 1) Follow steps 1 to 3 of “Incoming Antenna/CATV Signals”. 2) Select “ADD CH” or “ERASE CH” using PLAY/X2 or STOP. Selecting stored channels Once the active channels have been stored, you can select the channels in two ways below. Number buttons To enter digits of the channel number. • For one-digit number, enter 0 before. • For more than 100 number, first press 100. • Each number button needs to be pressed within 2 seconds. CH/TRK To shift up or down the stored channel numbers. To add channels PROGRAM TV / CA TV AUTO SCA n ADD CH ERAS E CH SET UP PRESET TV OFF CATV On ––On ––On TO SET CH PUSH 0 ~9 KEYS EnD: PROG To erase channels PROGRAM TV / CA TV AUTO SCA n ADD CH ERAS E CH SET UP PRESET TV OFF CATV On ––On ––On TO SET CH PUSH 0 ~9 KEYS EnD: PROG Channel reference chart Number on the VCR TV CATV STD (HRC/IRC) Corresponding channel number 2 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 4 5 6 5 6 5(A-7) 6(A-6) 7 7 7 8 8 8 9 9 9 29 29 P 30 30 Q 10 10 10 11 11 11 12 12 12 13 13 13 14 14 A 15 15 B 16 16 C 17 17 D 18 18 E 19 19 F 20 20 G 21 21 H 22 22 I 23 23 J 24 24 K 25 25 L 26 26 M 27 27 N 28 28 O 31 31 R 32 32 S 33 33 T 34 34 U 35 35 V 36 36 W 37 37 AA 38 38 BB 39 40 39 40 CC DD 41 41 EE 42 42 FF 43 44 43 44 GG HH 45 45 II 46 46 JJ 47 47 KK 48 48 LL 49 50 51 49 50 51 MM NN OO 52 53 54 52 53 54 PP QQ RR 55 55 SS 56 56 TT 57 57 UU 58 59 60 58 59 60 VV WW XX 62 63 64 65 62 63 64 65 ZZ AAA BBB 65 66 66 66 67 67 67 68 68 68 69 69 69 70 – 70 93 – 93 94 – 94 61 61 YY 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 – – – – – – – – – A-5 A-4 A-3 A-2 A-1 100 101 102 103 CATV signals • STD (standard) cable TV signals • HRC (Harmonic Related Carriers) cable TV signals • IRC (Incremental Related Carriers) cable TV signals IRC is also called ICC (Incremental Coherent Carriers) 18 1 – 1(A-8) … … … 121 122 123 124 125 – – – – – 121 122 123 124 125 71 – 71 … … … PREPARATION Video Cassette Use Push the cassette into the cassette compartment with the window side facing up and the label side towards the front. The VCR is automatically turned on. The indicator will appear in the VCR display. PREPARATION Video Cassette Use Loading a cassette Ejecting a cassette Press EJECT. The cassette is ejected from the cassette compartment. Warning Do not insert your hands or any foreign objects into the compartment. This may result in injury or damage. Take special care with children to avoid accidents. Precautions when using video cassettes Video cassettes have a safety tab to prevent accidental erasure. If the tab has already been removed, recording cannot be performed. To prevent accidental erasure Remove this safety tab with a screwdriver. To record again Cover the tab hole with adhesive tape. • Avoid exposing cassettes to direct sunlight. Keep them away from heaters. Avoid extreme humidity, vibrations or shock, strong magnetic fields (near a motor, transformer or magnet) and dusty place. 19 PLAYBACK Playback This section explains the basic playback operation. Preparation • Select the video channel (3 or 4) or video input mode on the TV. • Press VCR to set the remote control operating the VCR. Basic Playback VCR 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 100 CH/TRK Load a recorded cassette. Power is turned on. If the cassette has no safety tab, playback starts automatically. 2 PLAY/x2 REW 1 FF 2 Press PLAY/x2 to start playback. FF POWER POWER S P VCR DT STOP 3 19 µ REW 3 To stop playback, press STOP. Rewinding / Fast-forwarding Press REW or FF in the stop mode. Adjusting the tracking 19µ HEAD When playback starts, the VCR automatically adjusts the tracking for clear pictures and sound (Digital Auto Tracking). The “DT” indicator blinks during the adjusting. If the VCR cannot locate the best possible tracking point, hold down one of CH/TRK to adjust the tracking manually. • To resume the digital auto tracking, hold down both CHANNEL on the VCR simultaneously for about 2 seconds. You can view high quality pictures while playing back a tape recorded in the SLP tape speed. By pressing 19µ repeatedly, the 19µ HEAD mode is displayed on the TV screen as follows: Notes • During the adjusting, the playback picture and sound may be distorted. • The digital auto tracking is activated only in the playback mode. • To reset the manual tracking point to the center, press both CHANNEL on the VCR simultaneously for not longer than 1 second. • The noise on the screen may not be completely eliminated depending on the tape used, especially when the tape was recorded on another VCR. 20 19U-HEAD AUTO: Usually set to “AUTO”. As the playback starts, the VCR automatically activates the 19µ head and reproduces high quality pictures. 19U-HEAD OFF: Set to “OFF” if the pictures are marred by dots. Note During playback with the 19µ head, momentary noises or shakes may be produced when you change the mode to the picture search or variable speed playback. PLAYBACK Variable Speed Playback You can play back a tape at various tape speeds. Picture Search 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 100 1 A tape runs at 5 times or 7 times the normal playback speed so that you can quickly locate a particular scene. PLAY/x2 REW FF STOP PLAY/x2 REW FF PAUSE/STILL SLOW Press FF or REW during playback. The tape runs at 5 times the normal playback speed. 2 To change the tape speed to 7 times the normal playback speed, press and hold FF or REW. PLAYBACK 1 If you release it, the tape speed returns to 5 times. Note If you press FF or REW during picture search, the mode changes to fastforwarding or rewinding. To resume normal playback Press PLAY/x2. Still Picture Slow-motion Picture A picture freezes so that you can watch closer. The tape runs at 1/7th or 1/15th the normal playback speed. 1 1 Press PAUSE/STILL during playback. The picture freezes. To resume normal playback Press PAUSE/STILL. Notes • The still mode is automatically cancelled after about 5 minutes and returns to normal playback. • The still picture may shake if a picture of a fastmoving object or scene is frozen. This is not a defect in the unit. Adjusting Still Picture Stability If the still picture is distorted or flickers, hold down one of CH/TRK until the picture becomes stable. Note The distortion of the still picture may not be eliminated completely. Press SLOW during playback. The tape runs at about 1/7th the normal playback speed. Each time you press SLOW, the speed alternates between 1/7th and 1/15th. To resume normal playback Press PLAY/x2. Notes • The slow-motion picture mode is automatically cancelled after about 5 minutes and returns to normal playback. • The slow-motion picture may flicker up and down. This is not a defect in the unit. Adjusting the Tracking Manually If the slow-motion picture is noisy, hold down one of CH/TRK until the best picture is obtained. Note The noise in the slow-motion picture may not be eliminated completely. Note When playing back a tape which is recorded in S-VHS format, distortion may occur during the variable speed playback. 21 Variable Speed Playback (continued) Frame Advance Double Speed Playback A picture advances frame by frame. A tape runs at twice the normal speed. 1 1 Press PLAY/x2 during still playback. Each time you press PLAY/x2, the picture advances one frame. If you press and hold PLAY/x2, the tape runs at 1/30th the normal playback speed. Press PLAY/x2 during playback. The picture runs at twice the normal playback speed. To resume normal playback Press PLAY/x2. To resume normal playback Press PAUSE/STILL. Shuttle Dial Operation You can also activate the picture search and slow playback at various speeds by turning the shuttle dial on the VCR. 1 Turn the shuttle dial on the VCR. Stop Pl ay ba ck Fas forw tard e g Slow x5 se Pi ct x2 ar ure ch Do sp uble pla eed yba ck F fo astrw ar di n g ck Re –x 1 playverse bac k –x 1 ow ba Sl ay 5 sea ture rch – x7 Still pl x1/1 Pic rd 5 –x g –x1 erse Rev back play e rs ve Re e ur ct h Pi arc se Rew Playback /7 g x1 ba ck Pla y in a rw Fo nd e x1 ers – Rev back play wi n: io Re indin di r t ec di rs ve indin Re Rew c re n: tio ing Initial mode of tape operation x1 al rm No yback pla e tur Pic rch ea x7 S tFas arding forw The playback speeds differ depending on the recording tape speed of the tape as follows. Picture search Reverse playback SP: x5 x7 -x1 SLP: x15 x21 -x3 Notes • The still picture mode will be released automatically after about 5 minutes and forward playback will start. • Fast-forwarding or rewinding started from the stop mode continues even if the shuttle dial is released. To stop, press STOP. • The reverse playback mode will be released automatically after about 25 seconds and forward playback will start. • Noise bar may appear in reverse playback. Note If you playback a tape recorded in the SLP tape speed or a tape recorded on another VCR in various speed mode, the picture may be noisy or monochrome. 22 PLAYBACK Useful Functions in Tape Operation These functions will help your playback. S-VHS Quasi Playback (SQPB) • This VCR can also play back a tape which is recorded in S-VHS format. But the playback picture does not have the same quality and resolution as the original S-VHS playback picture. • This VCR cannot record in S-VHS format. * SQPB is an abbreviation for S-VHS Quasi Playback. PLAYBACK Counter Function 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 100 1 REMAIN/ COUNTER COUNT RESET You can view the clock, linear time counter or tape remaining time in the VCR display or on the TV screen. 1 DISPLAY Each time you press REMAIN/COUNTER, the VCR display changes in sequence as follows: PLAY/x2 → Linear time counter (HMS) → Tape remaining time (REMAIN/RT) → Clock PLAY/x2 REW FF STOP STOP The indication above will also appear on the TV screen by pressing DISPLAY. They are switchable with REMAIN/COUNTER. ENTER PROG. To reset the linear time counter to “0H00M00S” The counter is automatically reset to “0H00M00S” when a cassette is ejected. If you want to reset at another point, such as the beginning of a new recording, just press COUNT RESET. Notes • The linear time counter does not work on non-recorded portions on the tape. • When the tape is ejected or the VCR is turned off, the display changes to clock. • If the tape rewinds back over “0H00M00S”, “–” appears in the VCR display. • The displayed time of the linear time counter is only an approximation. Tape Remaining Time To view the tape remaining time in the VCR display, select the tape length beforehand. 1 2 3 4 Turn on the VCR and load a cassette. Press PROG. to display the MENU screen. Select “SET UP” using FF or REW, and press ENTER. Select the length of the tape. T120: for a T-120 tape or shorter T160: for a T-140 or T-160 tape T180: for a T-180 tape PROGRAM SET UP PRESET TAPE LE n GT H 120 160 180 SAP SET O OFF S I MULCAST O OFF ANTE nn A AUTO MA U LA n GUAGE E G FRA ESP XDS I n FO O OFF EnD: PROG n n n n n (Continued) 23 Useful Functions in Tape Operation (continued) 5 6 Press PROG. to exit. Press REMAIN/COUNTER. The remaining time (“RT - : - -”) appears in the VCR display. Notes • The displayed remaining time is an approximation. • The remaining time is calculated according to the tape speed (SP or SLP) and the cassette type. Index Search Function 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 100 1 The VCR can find a point where a registered index signal is on a tape and play back for about 5 seconds. You can easily locate the desired program by inputting the index signal. PLAY/x2 REW FF 3 STOP 2 1 1 2 Playback for 5 sec. Playback for 5 sec. Index search Playback for 5 sec. 2 Playback for 5 sec. Registering index signals Each time a recording starts, an index signal is automatically registered. To register it somewhere else, press INDEX f during recording. Note A certain interval is required between the index signals: more than 1 minute in the SP tape speed and more than 3 minutes in the SLP tape speed. Index search 1 2 Load a cassette with the index signals registered. Press INDEX in the stop or playback mode. g INDEX: To search in the reverse direction. INDEX f: To search in the forward direction. The VCR fast-forwards or rewinds the tape. When an index signal is found, the VCR plays back the tape for about 5 seconds, and then resumes fastforwarding or rewinding. This is repeated each time at an index signal. 3 0 H 0 0M 0 0S I NDEX MARK Press PLAY/x2 when the desired program is found. Normal playback starts. Notes • At the very beginning of the tape, the index search may not work properly. • If you registered the index signals on a tape recorded on another VCR, the recording may be blurred at the index point and the index search may not work properly. 24 RECORDING Recording a TV Program This section explains the basic recording operation. Preparation • Select the video channel (3 or 4) or video input mode on the TV. • If you record cable channels via the cable box, finish the cable box set-up (pages 33-36), and turn on the cable box. Basic Recording 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 100 1 3 Load a cassette with the safety tab attached. Press TV/VCR so that the “VCR” indicator appears in the VCR display. POWER SLP VCR CH FF 2 5 4 3 STOP 6 Select a channel to record with CHANNEL on the VCR, or CH/TRK or number buttons on the remote control. RECORDING PLAY/x2 REW 1 2 POWER SLP VCR If you see “L1” or “L2” in the VCR display, press I.SELECT so that the channel number appears. • If you record cable channels via the cable box, make the output channel number of the cable box or “L1” appear, depending on your connection. (See pages 11 – 13.) I.SELECT 4 Press SP/SLP to select the recording tape speed. POWER SLP VCR CH To record from other connected equipment In step 3, press I.SELECT to switch the display as follows: LI: To record via the LINE IN 1 jacks on the rear panel. L2: To record via the LINE IN 2 jacks on the front panel. SP: Suitable for general recording with better picture and sound quality. SLP: Suitable for tripling recording time, but with less picture and sound quality than using the SP tape speed. 5 REC Press REC on the VCR, or simultaneously press both REC on the remote control. POWER SLP VCR REC Recording starts. 6 TIMER CH Press STOP to stop recording. Watching a TV program while recording another 1) While recording, press TV/VCR to turn off “VCR” indicator. 2) Choose another channel using the channel selector on the TV. Skipping unnecessary scenes while recording Press PAUSE/STILL to stop recording momentarily. To resume recording, press PAUSE/STILL again. Note The VCR automatically shifts to the stop mode if the recording pause mode continues for 10 minutes. Recording off time setting By setting the recording off time, the recording stops and the VCR is turned off automatically. While recording, press REC on the VCR repeatedly to set the desired off time. Each time you press REC, each half-hour up to about 4 hours later and “- : - -” appear cyclically. PM POWER SLP VCR REC OFF CH Notes • To cancel the recording in progress, press STOP. • If the VCR clock is not set, this function will not activate. 25 RECORDING Timer Program Recording The programmable timer allows you to record up to 6 different programs over one month. Preparation • Select the video channel (3 or 4) or video input mode on the TV. • Make sure that the clock is set correctly (page 16). • Store the channels on the VCR (pages 17 and 18). • If you record cable channels, finish the cable box set-up (pages 33 – 36), and turn on the cable box. • If you record satellite channels, finish the DSS® satellite receiver set-up (pages 37 – 40), and turn on the DSS® satellite receiver. Timer Programming Procedure Example: To record cable channel 25 in the SP tape speed from 9:30 p.m. until 10:00 p.m. on August 30. Today is August 25. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 100 4 10 Load a cassette with the safety tab attached. Press PROG. to display the MENU screen. Select “PROGRAM” using FF or REW, and press ENTER. REW FF PLAY/x2 REW 1 2 3 FF STOP PLAY/x2, STOP PROGRAM CH –– –– –– –– –– –– DATE – / –– – / –– – / –– – / –– – / –– – / –– SET UP On – : –– – : –– – : –– – : –– – : –– – : –– PRESET OFF SPD – : –– – – : –– – – : –– – – : –– – – : –– – – : –– – EnD: PROG ENTER CANCEL 2, 9 4 Move to the next using FF, and enter the channel number 25 by using PLAY/x2, STOP or number buttons. PROGRAM CH 25 –– –– –– –– –– EnD: DATE – / –– – / –– – / –– – / –– – / –– – / –– SET UP On – : –– – : –– – : –– – : –– – : –– – : –– PRESET OFF SPD – : –– SLP – : –– – – : –– – – : –– – – : –– – – : –– – PROG • To record a cable program from the connected cable box: Enter the cable channel number by number buttons, PLAY/x2 or STOP. If your cable box is not remote-controllable, choose the desired channel (1 to 125) on the cable box. • To record a satellite program from the connected DSS® satellite receiver: Enter the satellite channel number (100 to 999) by number buttons, PLAY/x2 or STOP. (If a number 1 to 99 is entered, the VCR will record a TV/CATV program on the channel, not a satellite’s.) If your DSS® satellite receiver is not remote-controllable, choose the desired channel (100 to 999) on the DSS® satellite receiver. To make corrections: Press REW to move back to the item, or FF to forward. 26 5 Move to the next using FF, and set the recording date using PLAY/x2 or STOP. PROGRAM CH 25 –– –– –– –– –– The date changes as follows: → 8/25 → 8/26 → … → 9/24 → WKLYSU → … MO~FR ← WKLYSA ← EnD: DATE 8 / 30 – / –– – / –– – / –– – / –– – / –– SET UP On – : –– – : –– – : –– – : –– – : –– – : –– PRESET OFF SPD – : –– SLP – : –– – – : –– – – : –– – – : –– – – : –– – PROG [WKLYSU]…[WKLYSA]: You can record TV programs on the same channel on the day and time every week. [MO~FR]: You can record TV programs on the same channel on the day and time Monday through Friday. 6 PROGRAM CH 25 –– –– –– –– –– EnD: 7 Move to the next, and set the recording off time. CH 25 –– –– –– –– –– Move to the next, and select the tape speed (SP) using PLAY/x2 or STOP. For the tape speed “AUTO (Auto Speed Select)”, see below. To set another program, press FF, and select the next line pressing STOP. DATE 8 / 30 – / –– – / –– – / –– – / –– – / –– PRESET OFF SPD – : –– SLP – : –– – – : –– – – : –– – – : –– – – : –– – SET UP On 9 : 30PM – : –– – : –– – : –– – : –– – : –– PRESET OFF SPD 10 : 00 PM SLP – : –– – – : –– – – : –– – – : –– – – : –– – PROG PROGRAM CH 25 –– –– –– –– –– EnD: SET UP On 9 : 30PM – : –– – : –– – : –– – : –– – : –– PROG PROGRAM EnD: 8 DATE 8 / 30 – / –– – / –– – / –– – / –– – / –– RECORDING Move to the next using FF, and set the hour and minutes of the recording start time. DATE 8 / 30 – / –– – / –– – / –– – / –– – / –– SET UP On 9 : 30PM – : –– – : –– – : –– – : –– – : –– PRESET OFF SPD 10 : 00 PM SP – : –– – – : –– – – : –– – – : –– – – : –– – PROG Repeat steps 4 to 8. 9 Press PROG.. Now programming is completed. 10 Press both TIMER simultaneously. The power turns off and the VCR enters the timer standby mode. REC TIMER POWER TIMER Auto Speed Select If you are not sure the tape is long enough for timer program recording in the SP tape speed, set the recording tape speed to “AUTO”. Recording starts in the SP tape speed and the VCR automatically selects the tape speed to record the program to the end. If the tape length is not long enough, the tape speed automatically changes from SP to SLP. Notes • Make sure that the tape length is selected correctly according to the tape used on the SET UP screen (page 23). • When the SLP tape speed is selected and the tape length is not sufficient to record the program to the end, the program cannot be recorded to the end. • The picture will be distorted when playing the part where the recording tape speed is switched from SP to SLP with the Auto Speed Select feature. 27 Timer Program Recording (continued) Confirming the timer programs (in the timer standby mode) If a power failure occurs during the timer program recording (including VCR Plus+ C3 ® system recording (page 31)) Press PROG.. The screen for confirming will appear. PROGRAM CH 25 –– –– –– –– –– DATE 8 / 30 – / –– – / –– – / –– – / –– – / –– SET UP On 9 : 30PM – : –– – : –– – : –– – : –– – : –– PRESET OFF SPD 10 : 00 PM SP – : –– – – : –– – – : –– – – : –– – – : –– – EnD: PROG • When a power failure has occurred, “- -:- -” appears in the VCR display. Since the programmed contents have been cleared, reset the clock and timer programming. • When power has failed for a short time, the colon of the current time display blinks. The programmed contents are not affected. Reset the clock. After about 30 seconds, the screen disappears. Changing/cancelling the timer programs 1) If the TIMER indicator is lit, press both TIMER to turn it off, and then turn the VCR on by pressing POWER. 2) With steps 2 to 9, change the items. To cancel a program, select the program you want to cancel in step 4, and press CANCEL. The line is then cleared. 3) Press both TIMER to return to the timer standby mode. Recording or playback in the timer standby mode First press both TIMER to release the timer standby mode, and then press POWER to turn on the VCR. The VCR will be available for use. • Be sure to press both TIMER again to return the VCR to the timer standby mode after you are finished. Error indication The “E” (Error) indicator appears in the VCR display if you press both TIMER when: –– a cassette is not loaded. –– the loaded cassette has no safety tab. –– no timer program is set. In these cases, a recording can not be made. 28 Overlaps of the programs If two timer programs overlap, the recording start time of program 2 has priority over the recording off time of program 1. Overlapped portion (not recorded) Program 1 (Start time) Program 2 (Start time) RECORDING VCR Plus+ C3 ® system Set-up VCR Plus+ C3 ® system is a timer recording system for an easier programming that requires you only to enter a PlusCode® programming number assigned to a desired program. This section explains the necessary set-up to make VCR Plus+ C3 ® system recordings. The flow chart below will give you an idea as to what must be done to use the VCR Plus+ C3 ® system feature. * With the VCR Plus+ C3 ® system, this video cassette recorder can automatically select the appropriate channel on your compatible cable box or satellite receiver. VCR Plus+, C3 and PlusCode are registered trademarks of Gemstar Development Corporation. The VCR Plus+ system is manufactured under license from Gemstar Development Corporation. VCR Plus+® SYSTEM CHANNEL NUMBERS Broadcast channels 3 6 10 13 19 31 40 58 44 24 4 42 7 Assigned channels Cable Assigned channels channels KCRA (NBC).................3 KVIE (PBS)...................6 KXTV (CBS)................10 KOVR (ABC)...............13 KCSO (SPAN).............19 KRBK (IND).................31 KTXL (FOX)................ 40 KSCH (IND)................ 25 KBHK (IND).................15 KCPM (NBC)...............24 KRNV (NBC)...............28 KFCB (IND).................27 KGO (ABC)................. 28 A & E........................39 AMC......................... 35 BET..........................57 BRAV....................... 54 CMTV.......................14 CNBC.......................23 CNN......................... 42 C-SPAN....................28 CUNY....................... 29 DIS...........................53 ESPN....................... 34 FAM......................... 47 HBO......................... 33 RECORDING Setting the Clock (page 16) ↓ Cable Box Set-up (page 33) ↓ Storing Channels on the VCR (page 17) ↓ VCR Plus+ C3 ® system Set-up ↓ VCR Plus+ C3 ® system Recording (page 31) Sample of a Guide channel chart from a local TV listing Sample of a Channel line-up chart from a cable-TV company CHANNEL LINE-UP CHART Channel 2 ME/U Channel 3 8 WISH Channel 4 4 WTTV Channel 5 6 WRTV Channel 6 VCA/Local origination Channel 7 HOME BOX OFFICE Channel 8 A.P News Plus Channel 9 9 WGN. You must give the VCR the special numbers for guide channels (also called VCR Plus+® system channel numbers) assigned to each channel that you receive in your home. The VCR identifies the channel to be recorded by the guide channel number you enter. The guide channel numbers are published in TV guide magazine, selected local TV publications, or the channel guide from cable company. If you cannot find the numbers, call Gemstar’s customer service department at 1-800-4321-VCR. 29 VCR Plus+ C3 ® system Set-up (continued) Preparation • Select the video channel (3 or 4) or video input mode on the TV. • If you record cable channels, finish the cable box set-up (pages 33 – 36). • Prepare the list like below. Example Station Guide channel number (on the TV Guide, local TV listings etc.) HBO ESPN AMC 33 34 35 Your home channel number (on the channel line-up chart supplied by cable companies) 7 Guide Channel Setting 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 100 PLAY/x2 REW FF STOP 1 7 2 3 4 2,4 5 3,6,7 6 ENTER Press PROG.. Select “PRESET” using FF or REW, and press ENTER. Select “CH MEMORY” using PLAY/x2 or STOP, and press ENTER. Set “TV/CATV” to “TV” or “CATV” using FF or REW. Press PROG. to return to the PRESET screen. Select “GUIDE CH” using PLAY/x2 or STOP, and press ENTER. (the case of CATV mode) 1,5,8 PROGRAM SET UP PRESET GU I DE CH HOME CH 125 125 1 1 2 2 3 3 GU I DE CH HOME CH TO SET CH PUSH 0~9 KEYS EnD: PROG 7 Enter channel numbers on the right of the guide channel numbers. Find a guide number you marked on the list using PLAY/x2 or STOP, and enter the corresponding home channel number if necessary by using number buttons. Example: To enter home channel number SET UP PRESET PROGRAM 7 (HBO) with guide channel number 33 GU I DE CH HOME CH 30 30 assigned. Notes • When your cable company changes the channel lineup, you must re-do this setup for the channel. • The VCR Plus+ C3 ® system feature does not work on programs from a connected DSS® satellite receiver. 30 In some areas, one channel may be assigned more than one guide channel number. In this case, enter the home channel number to each of the guide channel numbers. 8 31 31 32 32 33 7 GU I DE CH HOME CH TO SET CH PUSH 0~9 KEYS EnD: PROG Press PROG. to exit. The set-up is all over and your VCR Plus+ C3 ® system recording is now available. RECORDING VCR Plus+ C3 ® system Recording After performing the VCR Plus+ C3 ® system set-up, you can easily program a recording simply by entering the PlusCode® programming number. The numbers are published in the TV listings of newspapers, TV guide magazine, etc. Preparation • Make sure that the clock is set correctly (page 16). • Load a cassette with a safety tab. For cable box users: • Finish the cable box set-up (pages 33 – 36), and turn on the cable box. For DSS® satellite receiver users: • This VCR cannot record satellite programs with the VCR Plus+ C3 ® system feature. To make an unattended recording of satellite programs, see “Timer Program Recording” (pages 26 – 28). Sample of TV program listing in a TV guide magazine A look at gymnast and Olympic hopeful Kim Zmeskal from novice to seasoned competitor. N I K HEY DUDE RECORDING 5PM FAM POPEYE Cartoon 725692 HBO MAKING OF A CHAMPION 237945 PlusCode® programming number Children 793571 One of Ted’s teachers stays at the ranch. USA MY TWO DADS Comedy 586858 5:35 TBS GOOD TIMES Comedy 2261858 VCR Plus+ C3 ® system Programming 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 100 The VCR Plus+ screen appears. 2 2 REW FF PLAY/x2 FF STOP PLAY/x2, STOP PROG. 5 CANCEL Enter a PlusCode® programming number. Example: To record a program with the PlusCode® programming number 36295 (fictitious code). Press number button 3, 6, 2, 9 and 5. Confirm that the number is entered correctly. To correct a mistake, press CANCEL and enter the correct number. 7 REW Press VCR Plus+. 3 1 Select “MODE” using PLAY/x2 or STOP, and set the recording frequency. OnCE: To record once. DAILY(MO~FR): To record programs on the same channel at the same time Monday through Friday. WEEKLY: To record programs on the same channel at the same time on the same day every week. 4 Select “SPEED” using PLAY/x2 or STOP, and set the recording tape speed. For AUTO speed, see page 27. PROGRAM VCR P L US + PLUSCODE MODE SPEED SET UP PRESET 36295– OnCE MO~ FR WKLY SLP AUTO SP TO SET PLUSCODE PUSH 0 ~9 KEYS EnD: PROG PROGRAM ENTER SET UP PRESET VCR P L US + PLUSCODE 36295 MODE O CE MO~ FR WKLY SPEED SLP AUTO SP n EnD: ENTER PROG PROGRAM SET UP PRESET VCR P L US + PLUSCODE 36295 MODE O CE MO~ FR WKLY SPEED SLP AUTO SP n EnD: PROG ENTER (Continued) 31 VCR Plus+ C3 ® system Recording (continued) 5 Press ENTER. PROGRAM The program setting is now memorized. • If your cable box is not remotecontrollable, select the recording channel on the cable box beforehand. CH 25 –– –– –– –– –– DATE 8 / 30 – / –– – / –– – / –– – / –– – / –– SET UP On 9 : 30PM – : –– – : –– – : –– – : –– – : –– PRESET OFF SPD 10 : 00 PM SLP – : –– – – : –– – – : –– – – : –– – – : –– – EnD: PROG 6 7 To set another program, repeat steps 1 to 5. To finish press the two TIMER buttons simultaneously. The VCR enters the timer standby mode. REC TIMER POWER TIMER Confirming the VCR Plus+ C3 ® system timer programs Recording or playback in the timer standby mode Before the VCR enters the timer standby mode (TIMER indicator not lit) 1) Press PROG. to display the MENU screen. 2) Press ENTER to select “PROGRAM”. Check the programmed data. 3) Press PROG. to exit. First press both TIMER to release the timer standby mode, and then press POWER to turn on the VCR. The VCR will be available for use. • Be sure to press both TIMER again to return the VCR to the timer standby mode after you have finished. During the timer standby mode (TIMER indicator lit) Press PROG.. The screen for confirming appears. After about 30 seconds, the screen disappears. Canceling the VCR Plus+ C3 ® system timer programs 1) If the TIMER indicator is lit, press both TIMER to turn it off, and turn on the VCR by pressing POWER. 2) Press PROG. to display the MENU screen. 3) Press ENTER to select “PROGRAM”. 4) Select a program which you want to cancel. 5) Press CANCEL. The line is cleared out. 6) Press PROG. to exit. 32 Error indications If “FULL / CANCEL PROG?” message appears on the TV during programming, no more programs can be entered. If you want to add another, delete one existing program on the screen by using PLAY/x2 or STOP. If an incorrect PlusCode® programming number is entered, “ERROR CODE ENTERED” appears on the screen. Press CANCEL to clear the number and enter correct one. If “CLASH” message appears on the TV during programming, it tells you that two programs with the same recording start time have been entered. Correct either of the two programs as follows: 1) Select the number of the program to correct by using PLAY/x2 or STOP. 2) Correct the data, or clear out the line by pressing CANCEL and then press VCR Plus+ to enter a PlusCode® programming number. RECORDING Cable Box Set-up The VCR can directly control channel selecting of the connected cable box. Cable Box Control Connection Type Type A RECORDING This VCR needs to be connected to a cable box equipped with an infrared wireless remote control. You can select cable channels from the cable box by operating this VCR. It is also possible to automatically change the cable channels according to your program setting in the timer program recording or VCR Plus+ C3 ® system recording. Placing the Cable Box Put the cable box on the top of the VCR as shown below. Do not block the sensor window. Cable box Type B Wall Sensor window Front of the VCR The infrared signals come out of the sensor window and the front of the VCR. Then they bounce off walls and other objects in the room and are received by the cable box. The VCR sends out infrared signals to your cable box even during timer program recording or VCR Plus+ C3 ® system recording. Notes • If the channels cannot be controlled properly because the infrared signal fails to reach the cable box, change the position of the box on the VCR so that it can receive the signal. • Keep the cable box turned on even while the VCR is in the timer program recording or VCR Plus+ C3 ® system recording. Type C A/B switch A A A B B B Cable box Type D Cable box 33 Cable Box Set-up (continued) Preparation • Select the video channel (3 or 4) or video input mode on the TV. • Set “TV/CATV” on the CH MEMORY screen to “CATV” (page 17). Cable Box Set-up 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 100 Number buttons 100 I.SELECT REW PLAY/x2 REW FF STOP FF 1 2 3 Press PROG. to display the MENU screen. 4 Select “NO” or “C.BOX” using FF or REW according to your connection type. PLAY/x2, STOP Select “PRESET” using FF or REW, and press ENTER. Select “CABLE BOX/DSS” using PLAY/x2 or STOP, and press ENTER. NO: • Type A • Type C (A/B switch “A”) • Cable channels will be selected using CH/TRK on the remote control or CHANNEL on the VCR. → Go to step 8. C.BOX: • Type B • Type C (A/B switch “B”) • Type D → Go to step 5. ENTER POWER (CABLE BOX) CH (CABLE BOX) PROG. 5 nO PRESET C . BOX DSS PROGRAM SET UP USE OUT PUT CH CO n T ROL nO PRESET C . BOX DSS 3 CH OFF On (Example) PROGRAM SET UP USE OUT PUT CH CO n T ROL nO PRESET C . BOX DSS 3 CH OFF On Select “CONTROL” using PLAY/x2 or STOP, and set to “ON” or “OFF” using FF or REW. ON: if your cable box is remotecontrollable. • Cable channels will be selected by CH (CABLE BOX) on the remote control. The VCR can change the cable channel to the desired one when timer recording or VCR Plus+ C3 ® system recording starts. → Go to step 7. OFF: if your cable box is NON remotecontrollable. • Cable channels will be selected by the own channel selector of the cable box. The VCR channel should be set to the output channel of the cable box. → Go to step 8. 34 SET UP Select “OUTPUT CH” using PLAY/x2 or STOP, and enter either of the following according to your connection. Type B, C: the output channel number of your cable box using number buttons. (Usually 3 or 4. Check the rear of the cable box.) Type D: the line input mode “L1” using I.SELECT. 6 PROGRAM USE PROGRAM SET UP PRESET n USE O C . BOX DSS OUT PUT CH 3 CH CO n T ROL OFF O O. 1 BRA n D T YPE n n EnD: PROG PROGRAM SET UP USE OUT PUT CH CO n T ROL nO EnD: PROG PRESET C . BOX DSS 3 CH OFF On 7 Select “BRAND TYPE” using STOP, and enter a brand code of your cable box using number buttons. Refer to the table on the next page. Example: For a TOSHIBA cable box, identified by number 36. PROGRAM SET UP PRESET Cable box display VCR display n USE O C . BOX DSS OUT PUT CH 3 CH CO n T ROL OFF O O . 36 BRA n D T YPE n n EnD: PROG Cable channel number 8 RECORDING Make sure that the channel display of your cable box has changed to 9. If not, try each brand code assigned to the brand of your cable box until the display changes to 9. If it still holds; • Relocate the cable box on the VCR. • Use each of digits from 1 to 91. Press PROG. to exit. Notes • If your cable channel does not change to 9 in step 7, the cable box will not be able to change channels in the timer recording. In this case, set “CONTROL” to “OFF” in step 6. • The cable box control is not compatible with the DSS® satellite receiver control. Buttons to control a remotecontrollable cable box Once you complete the set-up for a remote controllable cable box, your cable box can be controlled by the following buttons on the remote control of the VCR. • POWER (CABLE BOX) To turn the cable box on or off. • CH (CABLE BOX) To select cable channels in the upper or lower direction. (not applicable to some brands of cable box.) • Number buttons (0 – 9) To select desired channels to record. • 100 Some cable boxes require you to use this button as the enter button. Press this button after selecting the cable channel with number buttons. 35 Cable Box Set-up (continued) Table of cable box brand codes Brand name of your cable box Toshiba Anvision Archer Cablestar Cableview Citizen Curtis Diamond Eagle Eastern GC Brand Gemini General Instrument Hamlin Hitachi Jerrold Macom Magnavox Movietime NSC OAK OAK Sigma Panasonic Philips Pioneer Pulsar Randtek RCA Realistic Regal Regency Rembrandt Samsung Scientific Atlanta Sheritech SL Mark Sprucher Stargate Sylvania Teknika 36 Brand code 36 13, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 58, 62, 84 1, 20, 21, 29, 42, 44, 63, 88, 91 13, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 58, 62, 84 30, 42, 44, 52, 63, 88 30, 42, 44, 52, 63, 88 8, 9, 56, 61 1, 20, 21, 29, 42, 44, 63, 88, 91 13, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 58, 62, 84 26, 28 30, 42, 44, 52, 63, 88 4, 30, 85 1, 2, 3, 4, 31, 34, 55, 85, 91 14, 15, 28, 41 31, 79, 80 1, 2, 3, 4, 31, 34, 55, 85, 91 31, 79, 80 13, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 58, 62, 84 29, 32, 38, 39, 42, 44, 88 29, 32, 38, 39, 42, 44, 88 10, 11, 12, 13, 46 10, 11, 12, 13, 46 6, 8, 16, 17 4, 13, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 58, 62, 84 5, 6, 78 30, 42, 44, 52, 63, 88 13, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 58, 62, 84 6, 8, 16, 17 44, 88 14, 23, 41, 84 26, 28 29, 32, 38, 39, 42, 44, 88 4, 6, 32, 42, 78 8, 9, 56, 61 27 4, 6, 32, 42, 78 6, 8, 16, 17 4, 6, 30, 32, 42, 44, 52, 63, 78, 88 19 74 Brand name of your cable box Telecaption Teleview Texscan Tocom Unika Universal Videoway Viewstar Warner Amex Zenith Brand code 77 4, 6, 32, 42, 78 18, 19 1, 33, 34, 42, 48, 49, 73, 91 1, 20, 21, 29, 42, 44, 63, 88, 91 29, 42, 43, 44, 52, 63, 82, 88 7, 23, 45, 50, 84 13, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 58, 62, 84 6 7, 23, 45, 50, 84 RECORDING DSS® Satellite Receiver Set-up The VCR can directly control channel selecting of the connected DSS® satellite receiver. DSS® Satellite Receiver Control Connection Type Type A Satellite antenna RF IN 3CH 4CH RF OUT DSS® satellite receiver RECORDING This VCR needs to be connected to a DSS® satellite receiver equipped with an infrared wireless remote control. You can select satellite channels from the DSS® satellite receiver by operating this VCR. DSS® is registered trademark of DIRECTV, Inc., a unit of GM Hughes Electronics. It is also possible to automatically change the satellite channels according to your program setting in the timer program recording. RF IN RF OUT Placing the DSS® Satellite Receiver Type B Put the DSS® satellite receiver on the top of the VCR as shown below. Do not block the sensor window. Satellite antenna Incoming cable DSS® satellite receiver DSS® satellite receiver 3CH 4CH Wall Sensor window LINE IN 1 Front of the VCR The infrared signals come out of the sensor window and the front of the VCR. Then they bounce off walls and other objects in the room and are received by the DSS® satellite receiver. The VCR sends out infrared signals to your DSS® satellite receiver even during timer program recording. LINE OUT Notes • If the channels cannot be controlled properly because the infrared signal fails to reach the DSS® satellite receiver, change the position of the receiver on the VCR so that it can receive the signal. • Keep the DSS® satellite receiver turned on even while the VCR is in the timer program recording. (Continued) 37 DSS® Satellite Receiver Set-up (continued) Preparation Select the video channel (3 or 4) or video input mode on the TV. DSS® Satellite Receiver Set-up 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 100 Number buttons 1 2 Press PROG. to display the MENU screen. Select “PRESET” using FF or REW, and press ENTER. PROGRAM I.SELECT FF STOP FF EnD: PROG PLAY/x2, STOP ENTER PRESET CLOCK SET CH MEMORY CABLE BOX /DSS GU I DE CH REW PLAY/x2 REW SET UP 3 POWER (CABLE BOX) CH (CABLE BOX) Select “CABLE BOX/DSS” using PLAY/x2 or STOP, and press ENTER. PROG. PROGRAM ENTER SET UP nO USE PRESET C . BOX DSS EnD: PROG 4 Select “DSS” using FF. PROGRAM SET UP USE OUT PUT CH CO n T ROL nO PRESET C . BOX DSS 3 CH OFF On EnD: PROG 5 Select “OUTPUT CH” using PLAY/x2 or STOP, and enter either of the following according to your connection. (Example) Type A: the output channel number of your DSS® satellite receiver using number buttons. (Usually 3 or 4. Check the rear of the DSS® satellite receiver.) Type B: the line input mode “L1” using I.SELECT. 38 PROGRAM SET UP USE OUT PUT CH CO n T ROL nO PRESET C . BOX DSS 3 CH OFF On TO SET CH PUSH 0 ~9 KEYS EnD: PROG 6 Select “CONTROL” using PLAY/x2 or STOP, and set to “ON” or “OFF” using FF or REW. ON: if your DSS® satellite receiver is remote-controllable. • Satellite channels will be selected by CH (CABLE BOX) on the remote control. The VCR can change the satellite channel to the desired one when timer recording starts. → Go to step 7. 7 SET UP PRESET n n n EnD: PROG PROGRAM SET UP USE OUT PUT CH CO n T ROL nO PRESET C . BOX DSS 3 CH OFF On RECORDING OFF: if your DSS® satellite receiver is NON remote-controllable. • Satellite channels will be selected by the own channel selector of the DSS® satellite receiver. The VCR channel should be set to the output channel of the DSS® satellite receiver. → Go to step 8. PROGRAM USE O C . BOX DSS OUT PUT CH 3 CH CO n T ROL OFF O O. 1 BRA n D T YPE EnD: PROG Select “BRAND TYPE” using STOP, and enter a brand code of your DSS® satellite receiver using number buttons. Refer to the table on the next page. Example: For a TOSHIBA DSS® satellite receiver, identified by number 99. PROGRAM SET UP PRESET VCR display n USE O C . BOX DSS OUT PUT CH 3 CH CO n T ROL OFF O O . 99 BRA n D T YPE n n EnD: PROG Make sure that the background of the above display has changed to the satellite program on channel 200. If not, relocate the DSS® satellite receiver on the VCR so that it can receive the infrared signal. 8 Press PROG. to exit. Notes • If your satellite channel does not change to 200 in step 7, the DSS® satetllite receiver will not be able to change channels in the timer recording. In this case, set “CONTROL” to “OFF” in step 6. • The VCR Plus+ C3 ® system recording is not available on satellite channels. • The DSS® satellite receiver control is not compatible with the cable box control. 39 DSS® Satellite Receiver Set-up (continued) Buttons to control a remotecontrollable DSS® satellite receiver Once you complete the set-up for a remote controllable DSS® satellite receiver, your DSS® satellite receiver can be controlled by the following buttons on the remote control of the VCR. • POWER (CABLE BOX) To turn the DSS® satellite receiver on or off. • CH (CABLE BOX) To select satellite channels in the upper or lower direction. (not applicable to some brands of DSS® satellite receiver.) • Number buttons (0 – 9) To select desired channels to record. 40 Table of DSS® satellite receiver brand codes Brand name of your DSS® satellite receiver Brand code TOSHIBA 99 RCA 98 SONY 97 RECORDING MTS Broadcast Compatibility This VCR can receive or record MTS (Multichannel TV Sound) broadcasts. By connecting the VCR to your stereo system or stereo TV, you will experience the SAP or stereo sound. Preparation Connect a stereo TV or stereo system to the AUDIO OUT jacks of the VCR. Recording the SAP/Stereo Broadcast 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 100 SET UP PROGRAM TAPE LE n GT H SAP SET S I MULCAST ANTE nn A LA n GUAGE XDS I n FO EnD: PROG PRESET 120 160 180 On OFF On OFF AUTO MAnU EnG FRA ESP On OFF PLAY/x2 REW FF STOP 1 1, 2 1 A.SELECT 2 3 Press PROG. to exit. RECORDING DISPLAY On the SET UP screen (page 15), select “SAP SET” using PLAY/x2 or STOP, and set to “ON” using REW or FF. Perform a recording. SAP (Second Audio Program broadcast): A separate audio program, usually broadcast in a second language with the main language. Selecting a sound Sounds recorded on the tape According to your setting of “SAP SET” on the SET UP screen, the sound is recorded onto different tracks of the tape as below. Set “SAP SET” to “ON” or “OFF” appropriately. Type of receiving broadcast Setting of “SAP SET” on the SET UP screen On-Screen Display (Press DISPLAY.) Contents of recorded sound “SAP” “STEREO” Normal sound track (Mono) not lit MONO Hi-Fi sound track L R MONO MONO Regular (monaural audio) “ON” or “OFF” not lit Stereo “ON” or “OFF” not lit lit MONO (MIXED) “ON” lit not lit MONO MONO SAP “OFF” lit not lit MONO MONO MONO “ON” lit lit MONO MONO SAP “OFF” lit lit MONO (MIXED) Regular+SAP Stereo+SAP STEREO STEREO Sounds in playback You can play SAP and/or stereo broadcasts with this VCR. Press A.SELECT to select a desired sound. Desired sound L , R indicators in the VCR display Sound output SAP sound R (right) is on. SAP Stereo sound Both R (right) and L (left) are on. Stereo Note When the TV is connected to the RF OUT terminal of the VCR, the output sound is monaural. 41 RECORDING Simulcast Recording When TV program such as MTV, HBO or MAX is being simulcast in FM stereo in your area, the VCR can also record the simulcast sound from an FM stereo tuner or receiver onto the Hi-Fi track and normal track. Preparation • Connect the TV and stereo system to the VCR as below. • Turn on the connected FM tuner and tune to the station for the simulcast program. To the FM antenna terminal Broadcast or incoming cable AUDIO OUT AUDIO IN AUDIO OUT LINE IN 1 AUDIO Simulcast Recording 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 100 3 PLAY/x2 REW FF STOP 42 4 5 1 6 1 1, 2 2 3 On the SET UP screen (page 15), select “SIMULCAST” using PLAY/x2 or STOP, and set to “ON” using REW or FF. PROGRAM SET UP TAPE LE n GT H SAP SET S I MULCAST ANTE nn A LA n GUAGE XDS I n FO EnD: PROG Press PROG. to exit. Select the desired channel using CHANNEL on the VCR or CH/TRK on the remote control. If you use a cable box, select a desired channel on the box. 4 5 6 PRESET 120 160 180 On OFF On OFF AUTO MAnU EnG FRA ESP On OFF Select the recording tape speed using SP/SLP. Press REC to start recording. Press STOP to stop recording. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Multi Brand Remote Control The remote control can be compatible with various brands of TV by setting their control codes. The TOSHIBA code has initially been set to control TOSHIBA TVs. Setting Control Codes 1 POWER 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 100 1 CH/TRK TV VOL 100 Number buttons PLAY/x2 REW 1 2 FF DISPLAY I.SELECT ENTER 2, 3 While holding down PROG., enter the two digits of your TV’s brand code (listed on page 44) using number buttons. Hold down. PROG. Example 0 2 Release PROG.. Point the remote control at your TV and use each button listed below to make sure that your TV is operated correctly. POWER CH/TRK To turn the TV on or off. To select TV channels in the upper or lower direction. TV VOL To adjust the sound level. I.SELECT To select an external source such as a VCR. Number buttons To select TV channels. When selecting channels 1 to 9, first enter 0 and then the desired number. 100 To substitute for 100 channel key. DISPLAY To turn on or off TV’s screen display. ENTER To use for the TV’s ENTER key. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION STOP 3 4 Press TV to set the remote control operating your TV. Important Some TVs may not respond to all the operations above, or may not be operated at all with this remote control. In this case, operate your TV with its own remote control. Notes • For some brands, several control codes (brand codes) are allocated. Try each of them until the buttons work on your TV. • If you replace the remote control’s batteries, set the brand code again. 43 Multi Brand Remote Control (continued) Table of Brand Codes Brand name of your TV 44 Brand Code Brand name of your TV Brand Code Toshiba 01 Proton Bell & Howell 09 Pulser 14 Carver 10 Quasar 07, 15 Celebrity 03 Radio Shack 13 Citizen 12 RCA 02 Curtis Mathes 09, 12 Realistic 09, 11, 13 Dumont 14 Runco (NEC) 14 Electro band 03 Samsung 11, 12 Emerson 09, 11 Sanyo 09 Fisher 09 Scotch 11 GE 02, 07, 11 Scott 11 Gibralter 14 Sears 01, 02, 09, 10, 11 Goldstar 11 Sharp 08, 13 Hallmark 11 Sony 03 Hitachi 06 Soundesign 11 Infinity 10 Supreme 03 JBL 10 Sylvania 10 JCB 03 Tandy 08 JVC 05 Technics 07, 15 LXI 01, 02, 09, 10, 11 Techwood 07 Magnavox 10 Teknika 04, 10, 12 Marantz 10 TMK 11 Megatron 06, 11 Victor 05 Memorex 04, 09, 11 Vidikron 10 MGA 04, 11 Vidtech 11 Midland 02, 07, 14 Wards 10, 11, 13 Mitsubishi 04, 11 Zenith 14 Motorola 08 MTC 12 NAD 01, 11 Nikko 11 Optimus 09 Optonica 08 Panasonic 07, 10, 15 Penney 01, 02, 07, 11, 12 Philco 10 Philips 10 Pioneer 16 Princeclub 12 Prism 07 Proscan 02 11 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Before Calling Service Personnel Check the following symptoms before requesting servicing. No power. • The power cord is not plugged in. – Plug the power cord into the outlet firmly. Although the power is on, the VCR will not work. • There is no cassette. – Load a cassette. (page 19) The clock does not work. The timer does not work properly. • The time is incorrect. – Set the clock correctly. (page 16) The picture does not appear on the TV screen. • The video channel or video input mode is not set correctly. – Set the TV channel to the video channel (3 or 4) or set the video input mode on the TV. (page 11) • Setting of sounds is not correct. – Select a desired sound using A.SELECT. (page 41) Noise is present in the Hi-Fi sound being played. • Tracking is not set appropriately. – Adjust the tracking manually. (page 20) The timer recording function does not work. • There is an error in programming. – Reset the timer recording program. (page 26) • There is no cassette in the VCR. – Load a cassette with the safety tab attached. (page 19) • The cassette does not have the safety tab. – Use another cassette with a safety tab or cover the hole with adhesive tape. (page 19) • The timer indicator is not displayed. – Press both TIMER simultaneously. (page 27) • The TV signal is weak. – Adjust the antenna direction or use an optional antenna booster. • There has been a power failure. – Reset the clock. (page 16) • The power cord is not plugged in. – Plug the power cord into the outlet firmly. • The cable box set-up has not been set correctly. – Make the set-up correctly. (page 34) The picture does not appear on the TV screen during recording and playback. • The video channel or VCR mode is not set correctly. – Press TV/VCR to select the VCR mode and set the TV channel to 3 or 4. (pages 11, 25) The VCR does not record. • The loaded cassette has no safety tab. – Use a cassette with a safety tab or cover the hole with adhesive tape. (page 19) The playback picture is poor. • Tracking is not set appropriately. – Adjust the tracking manually. (page 20) • The video heads are dirty. – Clean the video heads with a commercially available cleaning tape. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION • There has been a power failure. – Reset the clock. (page 16) The desired sound is not heard, such as SAP, stereo, or regular sound. • The cable box is not turned on. – Turn on the cable box. The VCR Plus+ C3 ® system recording cannot be done. • The guide channel numbers are not set up correctly. – Make the guide channel number setting. (page 29) • The cable box is not turned on when the channel comes in the VCR via the cable box. – Turn on the cable box. • The cable box set-up has not been set correctly. – Make the set-up correctly. (page 34) • The timer indicator is not displayed. – Press both TIMER simultaneously. (page 32) 45 Before Calling Service Personnel (continued) The remote control does not work properly. • The batteries are exhausted. – Replace all batteries. (page 10) • The remote control is operated beyond the operating range. – Make sure the remote control is within 30° of the remote sensor on the VCR. (page 10) • Too far from the VCR. – Use the remote control within 7 m from the front of the VCR. (page 10) • An obstacle may be in the way of the operation. – Remove the obstacle. • The operating mode of the remote control is not set correctly. – Press VCR or TV depending on the equipment you want to operate. (pages 14, 43) The cassette is ejected immediately after it is loaded. • The cassette was inserted with the label side not paralleling the compartment. – Reload it carefully. (page 19) The cassette does not go into the cassette compartment. • There is already a cassette in the VCR. – Eject the cassette and reload the new one. (page 19) 46 Specifications Power supply: Power consumption: External dimensions: Mass: Channels received: Antenna input/output terminals: Signal system: Recording/Playback system: Fast forward time: High speed rewind time: Video input: Video output: Audio input: Audio output: Audio frequency range (Hi-Fi): Audio dynamic range (Hi-Fi): Utilization conditions: ADDITIONAL INFORMATION Cassette: Tape speed: Video recording/playback time: 120 V AC, 60 Hz 19 W 430 × 96.5 × 281 mm (W.H.D.) 3.8 kg VHF: Channels 2–13 UHF: Channels 14–69 CATV: Channels 1–125 UHF/VHF: 75 Ω F type connector Standard NTSC Recording: VHS format (SP, SLP) Playback: VHS format (SP, LP, SLP) Video cassette with mark SLP: 11.1 mm/s, SP: 33.4 mm/s SLP: 480 minutes, SP: 160 minutes (When T-160 video cassette is used.) Within approx. 80 s (When T-120 video cassette is used.) Within approx. 54 s (when T-120 video cassette is used.) 1 V (p-p), 75 Ω, unbalanced, negative sync., pin jack 1 V (p-p), 75 Ω, unbalanced, negative sync., pin jack Line input: 308 mV (rms), more than 47 kΩ, pin jack Line output: 308 mV (rms), less than 4.7 kΩ, pin jack 20 Hz – 20 kHz 90 dB Temperature: 5°C to 40°C Humidity: less than RH 80% Accessories Antenna cable ....................................... 1 Remote control ..................................... 1 Batteries (AAA) .................................... 2 Designs and specifications are subject to change without notice. 47 LIMITED WARRANTY TOSHIBA VIDEO CASSETTE RECORDER Toshiba America Consumer Products, Inc. (“TACP”) and Toshiba Hawaii Inc. (“THI”) make the following limited warranties. These limited warranties extend to the original consumer purchaser or any person receiving this set as a gift from the original consumer purchaser and to no other purchaser or transferee. Limited Ninety (90) Day Warranty TACP/THI warrant this product against defects in materials or workmanship for a period of ninety days after the date of original retail purchase. During this period, TACP/THI will repair a defective product or part, without charge to you. You must deliver the entire product to a TACP/THI Authorized Service Station. You are responsible for all transportation and insurance charges for the set to and from the Authorized Service Station. Limited One (1) Year Warranty TACP/THI further warrant the parts in this product against defects in materials or workmanship for a period of one (1) year after the date of original retail purchase. During this period, TACP/THI will replace a defective part without charge to you, except that if a defective part is replaced after ninety (90) days from the date of the original retail purchase, you pay labor charges involved in the replacement. You must also deliver the entire product to a TACP/THI Authorized Service Station. You are responsible for all transportation and insurance charges for the set to and from the Authorized Service Station. Rental Units The warranty for rental units begin with the first rental or thirty (30) days from the date of shipment to the rental firm, whichever comes first. Commercial Units Products sold and used for commercial use have a limited ninety (90) day warranty for all parts and labor. Owner’s Manual and Demographic Card You should read the owner’s manual thoroughly before operating this product. You should complete and mail the enclosed Demographic card within ten (10) days after you, or the person who has given you this product as a gift, purchased this product. This is one way to enable TACP/THI to provide you with better customer service and improved products. Failure to return the card will not affect your rights under this warranty. 48 Your Responsibility The above warranties are subject to the following conditions: (1) You must retain your bill of sale or provide other proof of purchase. (2) You must notify an Authorized TACP/THI Service Station within thirty (30) days after you discover a defective product or part. (3) All warranty servicing of this product must be made by an Authorized TACP/THI Service Station. (4) These warranties are effective only if the product is purchased and operated in the U.S.A or Puerto Rico. (5) Labor service charges for set installation. Set up, adjustment of customer controls and installation of repair or antenna systems are not covered by this warranty. Reception problems caused by inadequate antenna systems are your responsibility. (6) Warranties extend only to defects in materials or workmanship as limited above and do not extend to any product or parts which have been lost or discarded by you or to damage to products or parts caused by misuse, accident, damage caused by Acts of God, such as lightning or fluctuations in electric power, improper installation, improper maintenance or use in violation of instructions furnished by us; or to units which have been altered or modified without authorization of TACP/THI or to damage to products or parts there of which have had the serial number removed, altered, defaced or rendered illegible. (7) At you option, after the warranty period has expired in the U.S.A. Call (800)-631-3811 to receive information concerning an exchange price. Payment must be enclosed with the product in the form of a certified check or money order and forward your product to: Toshiba America Consumer Products Inc. Returns Center 1420C Toshiba Dr. Lebanon, TN 37087 (8) Upon receipt we will, at our option, replace your unit with a new or refurbished unit of equal value. Features may not be identical to your original product. (9) Physically damaged units are not acceptable for repair or exchange in or out of warranty and will be returned as received. LIMITED WARRANTY (continued) How to Obtain Warranty Service (1)Refer to the troubleshooting guide in your owner's manual. This check list may solve your problem. (2)Call the TACP toll free number 800-631-3811 within (30) days after you find a defective product or part. (3)Arrange for the delivery of the product to the Authorized TACP/THI Service Station. Products shipped to the Service Station must be insured and safely and securely packed, preferably in the original shipping carton, and a letter explaining the defect and also a copy of the bill of sale or other proof of purchase must be enclosed. In the Continental United States contact: Toll Free In Hawaii contact Toshiba Hawaii 327 Kamakee Street, Honolulu, HA 96814 (808)-591-8377 800-631-3811 No person, agent, distributor, dealer or company is authorized to change, modify or extend the terms of these warranties in any manner whatsoever. The time within action must be commenced to enforce any obligation of TACP/THI arising under the warranty or under any statute, or law of the United States or any state thereof, is hereby limited to ninety (90) days from the date you discover or should have discovered the defect. This limitation does not apply to implied warranties arising under state law. This warranty gives you specific legal rights and you may also have other rights which may vary from state to state. Some states do not allow limitation on how long an implied warranty lasts, when an action may be brought or the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above provisions may not apply to you. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION All warranties implied by state law, including the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose, are expressly limited to the duration of the limited warranties set forth above. With the exception of any warranties implied by state law as hereby limited, the foregoing warranty is exclusive and in lieu of all other warranties, guarantees, agreements and similar obligations of manufacturer or seller with respect to the repair or replacement of any parts. In no event shall TACP/THI be liable for consequential or incidental damages. ATTENTION CANADIAN CONSUMERS: Canadian consumers are requested to complete the special Canadian “Warranty Registration Form” enclosed and forward this completed form with a copy of bill of sale to TOSHIBA OF CANADA to “Register and Validate” their warranty. Product must be purchased from an Authorized Canadian Dealer. Products purchased in the U.S.A and used in Canada are not covered by these warranties. IMPORTANT: PACKING AND SHIPPING INSTRUCTION When you send the product to a Service Station, you should use the original carton box and packing material, then insert the original carton box containing the unite into another carton, using more packing material. Printed in China 49 Top Top General GeneralDescriptions Descriptios Servicing Servicing Diagrams Diagarms SECTION 2 ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES 1. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT 1-1. 1-2. 1-3. 1-4. 1-5. 1-6. 1-7. 1-8. Mechanical Parts Location Servicing Jig List Main Parts Servicing Time Mechanism Check Method Mechanical Deck Removing and Mounting Method Main Parts Replacement Check and Adjustment Self-Check Function 2. ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENT 2-1. PIF Circuit 2-2. Servo Circuit Part List Parts List 1. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT 1-1. Mechanical Parts Location Head cleaner ACE head Slip ring assembly No.8 guide cap Pinch roller Impedance roller Cylinder assembly FE head Loading motor T slider S slider No.9 guide lever Tension lever FL cam gear S brake T brake Band brake T reel table S reel table FL drive slider FL arm lever Center gear assembly Idle lever assembly Fig. 1-1-1 Top view-1 Cassette holder assembly Door open lever FL cassette guide assembly Fig. 1-1-2 Top view-2 Capstan motor Worm gear holder T loading lever assembly Worm wheel T loading lever assembly Reel belt Loading drive gear Joint gear 1 Tension drive lever Joint gear 2 Cam slider Up/down lever S-VHS switch Holder clutch assembly Pinch drive lever Fig. 1-1-3 Bottom view 1-2. Servicing Jig List Table 1-2-1 Alignment tape 70909401 (ST-N5) 70909203 (ST-NF) Taper nut driver Back tension cassette gauge 70909103 VCR cleaning kit Torque cassette gauge (KT-300NR) 70909199 VCR lubrication kit 70909228 Grease Note: • Conventional alignment tapes MH-1 (70909110), MH-1L (70909111) and ST-N1 (70909202) may be used partly also instead of alignment tape ST-N5. 1-3. Main Parts Servicing Time 1. Part replacement time differs from servicing life time of each part. 2. Following table is prepared based on a standard condition (room temperature, room humidity). The replacement time will be varied depending upon operation environment, using methods, operation duty. 3. Particularly, life of the head assembly (cylinder) depends upon operation conditions. Table 1-3-1 Criteria (Operating hours) Part name Note 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 Tension post S/T slant guide post Impedance Roller * No. 8 guide post Capstan Tape transport system No. 9 guide post No. 3 guide post S/T guide roller Head assembly (cylinder) ¡ ¡ FE head ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ACE head ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ Pinch roller ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ Capstan motor Loading motor Tape drive system ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ Reel belt ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ Clutch gear assembly ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ Idle lever assembly ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ Band brake ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ Slip ring assembly ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ ¡ Others : Cleaning, ¡ : Check and replace if necessary. * : Impedance roller is provided depending on models. • When cleaning, use a swab or piece of gauze soaked in alcohol. • After cleaning, load a video cassette with the cleaned parts dried completely. • When lubricating, always use the specified oil. • When lubricating, apply one or two drops of oil after cleaning with alcohol. 1-4. Mechanism Check Method Does the loading motor and the worm wheel rotate without a cassette after turning the power ON? If the abnormal condition is caused by the mechanism itself, analyze the cause according to the following procedures. 1-4-1. External Appearance Check 1. Check whether there are foreign matters or not inside the VCR. 2. Check whether the cylinder and the guides for tape transport system are contaminated. NO Loading motor is abnormal. YES Does the FL cam gear rotate approximate 15 degrees clockwise with the operation above and return immediately? 1-4-2. Motor and Sensor System Check Check whether some abnormalities are found in the motor or the sensor system (including control circuits) according to the flowchart. NO Tape start sensor is abnormal. YES Does the capstan motor rotate after loading a cassette holder without a cassette? 1-4-3. Abnormality Analysis by Self-check Function The unit has a self-check function. The self-check function works as a system which stored some abnormal condition. So, use this function to try to analyze the cause(s). For the data display method and the content of the data, refer to self-check function in item 1-8. After repairing, initialize the data by pressing the button while displaying the abnormal mode. Notes: • Abnormal data is displayed only when the first abnormal condition occurs, and is not displayed in the second time and after. Accordingly, the claim from customers and the actual data displayed may be different. • The data is stored only when the power turns off after occurring the abnormality condition(s). The data is not stored when the unit operation is recovered by the microprocessor. NO Capstan motor is abnormal. YES NO Does the T reel rotate with the operation above? Reel belt and reel system are abnormal. YES Does the VCR stop at the playback position after detecting the tape remain with the cassette with a safety tab inserted? The typical examples in abnormal condition are shown below. NO YES Reel sensor system is abnormal when the cassette is ejected without rewinding tape or stopped in the way of unloading operation. When the mechanical operation is not normal, the cam switch is defective. Motor and sensor system are normal. Fig. 1-4-1 Table 1-4-1 A B C Abnormal condition Cylinder stops at playback position during playback the tape. Cylinder stops at FF/REW position during rewind the tape. T reel sensor is abnormal at playback position during playback the tape. S reel sensor is abnormal at review/playback position during REVIEW/PLAYBACK the tape. Check item Check the cylinder motor. Check if the cylinder and tape transport guide are clogged. Check the capstan motor. Refer to the cases 2 and 3 described on the table "Defective analyzing table 1-4-2". Cassette-in and out operation cannot be performed. Mode shift cannot be performed during shifting to REVIEW/PLAYBACK mode. Refer to the case 1 described on the table "Defective analyzing table 1-4-2". A: System control mode, B: Abnormality No., C: Mechanical position when an abnormality occurs. 1-4-4. Check by Defective Analyzing Table If the abnormality causes the mechanism abnormal condition, presume, confirm and treat the defective according to the defective analyzing table. (1) Manual Mechanism Operation (Mode Shift) Method Remove the worm gear holder with tweezers as shown in Fig.1-4-2, and remove the worm gear. The mode of loading direction can be shifted by turning the worm wheel clockwise while pushing in the lock lever R and L of cassette holder manually. At this time, the mechanism condition is set to each position when the D mark of FL drive slider and the D mark of FL cam gear match as shown in Fig. 1-4-3. I Power off S1 STOP1 R Review FR1 FF/REW1 P Playback FR2 FF/REW2 S2 Note: • After replacing the defective parts according to the procedure of the treatment method for the damage and phase mismatch of mechanical part, check the operation of the mechanism again, since the same (or similar) defective problem may occur due to other serious cause (in mechanism or electrical circuit) when performing the actual total check with turning the power on. STOP2 (2) Defective Parts Replacement When a defective occurs due to the defective part (s) and the part (s) is replaced, take care the following items. 1. Especially as for the mechanical parts requiring the phase alignment, take care of the part replacement. E.g.: Assembling mode, phase alignment mark and etc. 2. As for the part (s) requiring lubricant such as a specified amount of oil or grease, apply grease or oil according to the instructions and do not stick grease or oil to the portions without allowing to stick it (especially in removal and assembly). (3) Check after Treating the Defective After treating the defective unit (especially replacing a defective part and/or aligning a part), first check the mechanism operation manually and confirm that no problem occurs, and then mount the mechanical deck on the VCR, turn the power ON and check the mechanism operation. Push claw downward. Worm gear holder Fig. 1-4-2 Check the mechanism condition at the position the defective occurs. Notes: • For REVIEW, STOP2, FF/REW1, turn the worm wheel to the unloading direction and check the mechanism condition with each mark matched. Due to a rattling and deviation of the cam gear, the practical mark position for stop position carried out by the cam switch and the mark position may differ. • When operating after removing the cassette holder, press down the tension drive lever as shown in Fig. 14-4 until the T slider comes AC head position since the S/T sliders start moving. Tweezers Push downward. FL drive slider FL cam gear Worm wheel Fig. 1-4-3 Position mark (Playback position) Tension lever Tension drive lever Fig. 1-4-4 Table 1-4-2 Defective analyzing table Case Defective phenomenon (Main items) 1 Power does not turn on. Loading operation is defective. Mode shift operation is defective. (1) Mechanism stops due to mechanical phase mismatching. (1) Check the mode shift "Cassette out « FF/REW position" can be performed when turning worm wheel. Loading operation is not performed. (2) Loading motor does not rotate. (Part is defective. * Circuit is defective.) (2) Check loading motor whether it turns by the outer power supply (12.5V) correctly. Unloading operation is not performed. (3) S reel does not wind the tape. (3) Refer to case 3 in this table. Playback operation is not performed. Playback operation is defective. (1) Sbrake is not released. (ON) (2) T brake is not released. (ON) (3) Idler does not swing. (4) Pinch does not press. Check mechanical position. (5) Capstan motor does not rotate. (Capstan motor is defective. * Circuit is defective.) (5) Check capstan motor. Playback picture does not appear. Video recording can not be performed. (6) Cylinder is defective. (* Circuit is defective.) (6) Check cylinder assembly. Playback interruption. Detective phenomenon during playback. Recording interruption. (1) Reel rotation detection is defective. (Sensor is defective. * Circuit is defective.) (1) Check sensor output. (2) Idler does not swing. (2) Check the mechanical position. (3) Reel belt is removed. (3) Check the reel belt is removed or not. FF operation is not performed. FF operation is defective. REW operation is not performed. REW operation is defective. Other: REV/FF operation is not performed. Other: REV/FF operation is defective. (1) Idler does not swing. (2) Pinch is not press-fit. Check mechanical position for the causes (1) – (2). (3) Capstan motor does not rotate. (Capstan motor is defective. * Circuit is defective.) (1) Check capstan motor. REVIEW is not performed. (1) (2) (3) (4) Check mechanical position for the causes (1) – (4). 2 3 4 5 Presumed cause (Main cause) S brake is not released. (ON) T brake is not actuated. Idler does not swing. Pinch does not press. Check method (5) Capstan motor does not rotate. (Capstan motor is defective. * Circuit is defective.) (1) Check capstan motor. 6 Slot-in is not performed. Cassette can not be inserted. (1) When the F/L is mounted on the mechanical deck, the position is not correct. (2) Tape start sensor is defective. (3) Cassette-in switch is defective. (1) Check mechanical position. (2) Refer to item 1-4 Mechanism Check Method. (3) Check the switch. 7 Capstan servo does not work. Capstan servo is uneven. Tape speed is fast. Tape speed is slow. Tape speed is uneven. FG pulse is not output. (1) Capstan motor is defective. (1) Check capstan motor. (2) ACE head control output is defective. (* Circuit is defective.) (1) Check ACE head. Check CTL output. Audio output does not come out. Audio output is small. Audio output variation is large. Audio output is uneven. Audio distortion. Audio noise. Other: Audio is defective. (1) ACE head is defective. (1) Check ACE head. Check CTL output. (2) Tape transport adjustment is defective. (2) Perform tape transport adjustment again after confirming tape transport condition. (3) Hi-Fi head (cylinder) is defective. (* Circuit is defective.) (3) Check cylinder. Check whether B+14V is supplied. 8 Treatment : If the mechanism is found out to be defective according to the procedures described above, perform the following treatment. • Misassembling, mechanical phase mismatch ................................ Repair correctly. • Parts defect, parts damage .............................................................. Replace parts. If the mechanism is found out not to be defective according to the procedures above, check the circuit(s). 1-4-5. Unloading Method of Cassette in Manual The mechanical deck can not be removed at the condition the cassette is loaded, since one of screws for mounting the mechanism deck with the chassis is located under the cassette. If the cassette can not be unloaded even pressing the (EJECT) button, eject it using the following method. 1. Remove the worm gear holder and the worm gear, and turn the worm wheel (1) to unloading direction shown in Fig. 1-4-5 with a screwdriver etc. 2. When the S, T sliders start unloading, insert a fine driver, etc. into the rectangle hole on the bottom chassis as shown in Fig. 1-4-6 noting that no grease is attached to the tape due to tape slack. Then, turn the worm wheel to wind the tape by turning the pulley (3) of the clutch gear assembly in the arrow direction seeing the mechanical deck from the bottom. Notes: • The operation shown in Fig. 1-4-6 should be done with the unit stood up vertically. • When a cassette is not ejected by turning the worm wheel (1) due to a mechanical operation stop, cut the cassette holding portion shown in Fig. 1-4-7 to eject the tape. 1-4-6. Check Method of Each Operation Mode without Loading the Cassette 1. Put some tapes on both left and right sides of the cassette holder so that the start/end sensors are not affected by the light. (Fig. 1-4-7) 2. Press the channel up/down keys on the main unit simultaneously for not less than 5 seconds, in succession within 2 seconds after pressing channel up/down keys, press the rewind key of the remote controller. 3. Release both lock levers of the cassette holder to slot in. 4. When a cassette goes down, the rotation speed of the S reel table becomes fast. In this case, if the rotation is stopped, the mechanism starts loading the cassette. (If not stopped, the cassette is ejected.) 5. After loading is carried out, turn the opposite reel table toward the rotating reel table by hand. 6. In this status, the operations in each mode are allowed to carry out. Cassette holding portion Attach adhesive tape. Cassette holding portion FL cam gear (2) Worm wheel (1) Fig. 1-4-5 Front Pulley (3) Rear View seeing from bottom side. Fig. 1-4-6 Attach adhesive tape Fig. 1-4-7 Note: • In PLAY or FF/REW mode, the auto eject will be actuated or the power will be turned off if the reel pulse, which is generated by turning the rotating side and opposite side reel tables manually, is not sent. • Once ejection is actuated, the procedure so far is cleared, therefore when carrying out check again, perform the procedure from the beginning. • When checking a torque cassette, perform the identical procedure. • When a tape, guide and capstan are stained with grease, even if a tape is a normal type, its cassette type could not be distinguished, and it could not shift from CUE and REV mode and could not be forwarded and rewound. 1-5. Mechanical Deck Removing and Mounting Method 1-5-1. Cabinet Removal 1. Unplug the power supply plug (1) from the outlet. 2. Remove the three screws (3) securing the Top cover (2). 3. Pull the Top cover (2) backwards for removing. 4. Disconnect the two FFC (4) flexible flat cables. 5. Release the four claws (A) of the front panel (5) and detach the front panel (5). 1-5-2. Mechanical Deck Removal 1. Remove the cabinet. (Refer to section 1-5-1, Cabinet Removal.) 2. Disconnect the connectors (A) and (B). 3. Disconnect the FFC (C) and FFC (D). 4. Remove the screw (1) to remove the grounding wire (2). 5. Remove the two screws (3) and lift off the mechanical deck upwardly. Screws (3) Screw (3) Screw (1) Lug terminal (2) FFC (D) Screw (3) Top cover (2) Connector (A) Power Plug (1) FFC (4) Connector (B) FFC (C) Claw(A) Front panel (5) Claw (A) FFC (4) Claw (A) Fig. 1-5-1 Fig. 1-5-2 6. Remove the power supply cord holder (4) from the chassis. 7. Remove the two screws (5) to detach the rear panel(6). 8. Remove the screw (7) to detach the main PC board (8). Screw (7) Main PC board (8) Power supply cord holder (4) Screw (5) Screw (5) Rear Panel (6) Fig. 1-5-3 1-5-3. Mechanical Deck Mounting 1. When mounting the mechanical deck, align the marks of the cam switch (1) on the main PC board. Cam switch (1) Align marks Fig. 1-5-4 2. After mounting the mechanical deck, bring it to the state that the cassette holder is just out. 1-6. Main Parts Replacement Lock lever (1) Guide groove 1-6-1. Door Open Lever Replacement 1. Release the claw (1) of the door open lever (2) inserted to the hole at the left lower of the right side mechanical deck with the door open lever (2) turned to the arrow direction. Next, remove the door open lever (2) while lifting it up from the shaft (3) and the guide (5) portion for the door open lever (2). Cassette holder assembly (2) Claw (4) FL cassette guide assembly (5) Worm wheel (3) Claw (4) Guide (4) Fig. 1-6-2 Door open lever (2) Shaft (3) Claw (1) Fig. 1-6-1 1-6-3. Cassette Holder Assembly Replacement 1. Remove the door open lever. (Refer to item 1-6-1.) 2. Remove the FL cassette guide. (Refer to item 1-6-2.) 3. Move the cassette holder assembly (1) to this side. 4. Pull the right side of the cassette holder assembly (1) this side so that two bosses (2) and (3) come off from the grooves (A) and (B) of the mechanical deck, and remove the cassette holder assembly (1) from the right side by lifting slantwise while releasing the lock lever (4). 2. Replace the part with the new one. 3. After replacing, mount it in the reverse order of removal. Cassette holder assembly (1) Lock lever (4) Boss (2) Note: • Mount the door open lever (2) so that it is inserted along the inside of the guide (4). 1-6-2. FL Cassette Guide Assembly Replacement 1. Remove the door open lever. (Refer to item 1-6-1.) 2. Unlock the lock lever (1), locating on both sides of the cassette holder assembly (2), by pressing. Then shift the cassette holder assembly (2) along the guide groove until the vertical slide position of the cassette holder guide grooves (A) and (B). Note: • Turn the worm wheel (3) clockwise if the cassette holder assembly (2) is difficult to slide. 3. Remove the FL cassette guide assembly (4) lifting it up while pressing the claw (5) on both sides of the FL cassette guide assembly (4) inside. 4. Replace the FL cassette guide assembly with new one. 5. Mount it in the reverse order of removal. FL arm lever Groove (A) Boss (3) Groove (B) Fig. 1-6-3 5. Replace the part with new one. 6. Mount it in the reverse order of removal. Note: • Also, when mounting, mount it while releasing the lock lever (4). 1-6-4. FL Arm Lever Replacement 1. Remove the door open lever. (Refer to item 1-6-1.) 2. Remove the FL cassette guide assembly. (Refer to item 1-6-2.) 3. Remove the cassette holder assembly. (Refer to item 1-6-3.) 4. Release the left side claw (1) of the FL arm lever (2) from the boss (3) of the mechanical deck by pulling to the arrow direction, and remove the FL arm lever (2) by pulling to this side from the left side. Worm wheel (10) Boss (3) of mechanical deck Hole (3) Boss (2) of mechanical deck Joint gear bracket (5) Claw (1) FL cam gear (7) Screw (4) Hole (2) FL drive slider (1) Fig. 1-6-5 A 6. Turn the mechanical deck upside down. 7. Remove one securing screw (4) on the joint gear bracket (5), and remove the joint gear bracket (5). 8. Remove the joint gear 2 (6). FL arm lever (2) Boss (3) FL drive slider (4) Screw (4) Joint gear bracket (5) Fig. 1-6-4 Joint gear 1 (8) 5. Replace the part with new one. 6. Mount it in the reverse order of removal. Note: • Mount it so that the boss (3) of the FL arm lever (2) is inserted in the groove of the FL drive slider (4). 1-6-5. FL Drive Slider, Joint Gear 2, FL Cam Gear and Joint Gear 1 Replacement 1. Remove the door open lever. (Refer to item 1-6-1.) 2. Remove the FL cassette guide assembly. (Refer to item 1-6-2.) 3. Remove the cassette holder assembly. (Refer to item 1-6-3.) 4. Remove the FL arm lever. (Refer to item 1-6-4.) 5. Remove the FL drive slider (1) by sliding it to this side slightly and adjusting the mechanical deck boss (2) portion to the wider groove portion, hole (3) of the slider, and then remove the FL drive slider (1) by pulling it out from the hole (3). Joint gear 2 (6) Fig. 1-6-6 9. Remove the FL cam gear (7). 10. Remove the joint gear 1 (8). 11. Replace each part with new one. Apply an amount of grease on the following portion of the new parts. (Refer to Figs. 1-6-7 to 1-6-9.) 13. When mounting the FL cam gear (7), align the mark of the FL cam gear (7) with the center of the worm wheel (9). FL cam gear (7) Apply grease to the shaded portion . Mark Worm wheel (9) Fig. 1-6-7 FL drive slider Fig. 1-6-11 Apply grease to the shaded portion . Fig. 1-6-8 Joint Gear 1 14. When mounting the joint gear 2 (6), align the mark of the joint gear (8) with the mark of the cam slider (10). Joint gear 1 (8) Align marks. Two holes (Super-V DASH) Joint gear 2 (6) Align marks. Cam slider (10) Fig. 1-6-12 Apply grease to the shaded portion . Fig. 1-6-9 FL cam gear 12. When mounting the joint gear 1 (8), mount it so that the cutout portion of the gear is faced with the direction of the FL cam gear (7). Cutout portion Joint gear 1 (8) Fig. 1-6-10 15. Mount each part in the reverse order of removal. 1-6-6. Worm Gear, Worm Gear Holder, Loading Motor and Worm Wheel Replacement 1. Release the claw (1) of the worm gear holder (2) from the cutout portion of the mechanical deck by bending it to the arrow direction, and remove the worm gear holder (2) by pulling downward. 2. Remove the worm gear (3). 3. Before removing the worm wheel (3), first remove the FL cam gear. (Refer to item 1-6-5.) 4. Remove the worm wheel (4). 5. Remove one securing screw (5) on the loading motor (6), and remove the loading motor (6). Loading motor (6) Claw (1) Worm gear (3) Worm gear holder (2) Screw (5) Worm wheel (4) Fig. 1-6-13 6. Replace each part with new one. After replacing with new parts, apply an amount of grease on the following portions. Apply grease to the shaded portion . Fig. 1-6-17 Worm wheel 7. Mount the parts in the reverse order of removal. Note: • After mounting the worm gear holder (2), check that the claw (1) is locked properly. 1-6-7. Loading Drive Gear, Cam Slider, S, T Loading Lever Assemblies, Pinch Drive Lever and Tension Drive Lever Replacement 1. Turn the mechanical deck upside down. 2. Remove the reel belt. 3. Remove one securing screw on the joint gear bracket, and remove the joint gear bracket. (Refer to item 1-6-5.) 4. Remove the joint gear 2. (Refer to item 1-6-5.) 5. Release the claw (1) of the loading drive gear (2) from the groove of the mechanical deck, and remove the loading drive gear (2). 6. Remove the cam slider (3). Apply grease to the shaded portion . T loading lever assembly (5) S loading lever assembly (4) Loading drive gear (2) Apply grease to the shaded portion . Fig. 1-6-14 Worm gear Joint gear 1 (6) Joint gear 2 (8) Fig. 1-6-15 Worm gear holder Apply grease to the shaded portion . Cam slider (3) Tension drive lever pin Pinch drive lever pin Fig. 1-6-16 Loading motor Claw (1) Fig. 1-6-18 7. Remove the S, T loading lever assemblies (4) and (5). 8. When removing the pinch drive lever (6), first, remove the cassette door guide, pinch assembly, and the joint lever (Refer to item 1-6-13.), and then remove the T reel table (Refer to item 1-6-11.). Next, pull out the pinch drive lever (6) after turning it counterclockwise from the bottom side of the mechanical deck. Apply grease to the shaded portion . Fig. 1-6-22 Cam slider Pinch drive lever (6) 11. When mounting the S, T loading lever assembly (4) and (5), align the marks. T loading lever assembly (5) Align marks. S loading lever assembly (4) Fig. 1-6-19 Bottom side of mechanical deck 9. When removing the tension drive lever (7), first, remove the S reel table (Refer to item 1-6-11.) Next, turn the band brake mounting portion counterclockwise from the bottom side of the mechanical deck, and then remove the tension drive lever (7) after turning it clockwise. Notes: • When turning the band brake mounting portion, do it by inserting a screwdriver into the rectangle hole. At this time, pay attention not to bent it upward and downward. • After mounting, check the tension post position, and perform the adjustment and the confirmation of the back tension. (Refer to the section 1-7-1. Tension Post Position Check, and 1-7-2. (2) Reel Torque Check and Back Tension Check.) Fig. 1-6-23 12. When mounting the cam slider (3), loading drive gear (2), and the joint gear 2 (8), align the marks of the marking portions. T loading lever assembly (5) Align marks. Loading drive gear (2) Joint gear 1 (6) Joint gear 2 (8) S brake assembly pin Tension drive lever (7) Rectangle hole Band brake mounting portion Align marks. Cam slider (3) Fig. 1-6-20 Bottom side of mechanical deck 10. Replace each part with new one. Apply an amount of grease on the following portions of the new parts. Apply grease to the shaded portion . Narrow side Fig. 1-6-21 Loading drive gear Align marks. Pin T brake (Tension drive lever) assembly pin Pin (Pinch drive lever) Fig. 1-6-24 13. Mount each part in the reverse order of removal. 1-6-8. Tension Lever, Band Brake and Tension Sleeve Replacement 1. Remove the S brake. (Refer to item 1-6-9.) 2. Remove the tension spring (1). 3. Lift up slightly the hole side of the tension sleeve (2) mounted to the mechanical deck, and turn it to the left or right direction, and then remove the tension sleeve (2) by adjusting the claw of the tension sleeve (2) to the cutout portion of the mechanical deck. Also remove the tension lever (3). Note: • When replacing the tension lever (3) and the band brake (4), removing the tension sleeve is not required. Remove it after turning clockwise by inserting the screwdriver to the rectangle hole. At this time, pay attention not to bent it up and down directions. 4. Remove the band brake (4) of the tension lever (3) side by adjusting the claw of the band brake (4) to the groove of the tension lever (3) turning it in the right direction. 5. Remove the band brake (4) by adjusting the claw of the band brake (4) to the groove of the band brake mounting portion at the mechanical deck side. 6. Replace each part with new one. 7. Mount it in the reverse order of removal. Tension spring (1) Tension lever (3) Apply oil to the shaded portion . Band brake at mechanical deck Rectangle hole 1-6-9. S, T Brake Assemblies and Idle Lever Assembly Replacement 1. Remove the brake spring (1) located between the S, T brake assemblies (2) and (3) from the T brake assembly side. 2. Remove three claws (4) and (5) of S, T brake assemblies (2) and (3). Then remove the S, T brake assemblies (2) and (3). If it is difficult to remove, push the claws from the bottom side. Since two claws (5) are provided with the T brake assembly (3), remove both claws. 3. Push the idle lever (6) to the cylinder direction (shown by the arrow "A") and remove the idle lever (6). Band brake (4) Mechanical deck Tension sleeve (2) Bottom side of mechanical deck Note: • After replacing the tension lever (3), apply an amount of oil to the support post. • Take care not to dirty, bent, and damage the felt surface of the band brake (4). 8. After mounting, confirm the tension post position, also confirm the adjustment and back tension. (Refer to the section 1-7-1. Tension Post Position Check, and 1-7-2. (2) Reel Torque Check and Back Tension Check.) 9. After replacing, perform the adjustment according to the linearity adjustment of the tape transport system adjustment item. Band brake at tension lever side Fig. 1-6-25 Mechanical deck Brake spring (1) Mechanical deck Claw (5) Claw (4) S brake assembly (2) Compression spring (7) T brake assembly (3) A Band brake (8) Idle lever assembly (6) Fig. 1-6-26 4. Replace each part to new ones. 5. Mount it in the reverse order of removal. Notes: • Check that the pad for T brake lever assembly and compression spring (7) are attached. When mounting the T brake lever assembly, do not touch the pad to the T reel table. • Before mounting the brake spring (1), check that the S, T brake assemblies (2) and (3) move smoothly. • When replacing the S brake assembly (4), do not damage the band brake (8). Holder clutch assembly (4) Stop ring (3) Apply a drop of oil after cleaning. Spring (Insert the groove A.) Center post (6) Groove A Idle lever Up/Down lever assembly (2) Apply grease to both sides of flange. Claws (5) Center gear assembly (1) Hook surely to catch the base. Insert the rotation center portion between the base and the center post flange. Fig. 1-6-27 1-6-10. Holder Clutch Assembly, Center Gear Assembly and Up/Down lever Assembly Replacement 1. When replacing the center gear assembly (1) and Up/ Down lever assembly (2), remove the S, T brake assemblies and idle lever assembly (refer to item 1-69) and cam slider (refer to Fig. 1-6-7) in advance. 2. Remove the stop ring (3) fixing the holder clutch assembly (4) and remove the holder clutch assembly (4). 3. Release two claws (5) of the Up/Down lever assembly (2) from the mechanical deck and remove the Up/ Down lever assembly (2) with the center gear assembly (1) attached. Notes: • After cleaning the center post (6) by using a cleaning kit, apply oil to the upper portion of the center post (6) drop by drop. (Performs when replacing the center gear assembly (1) Up/Down lever assembly (2) and the holder clutch assembly (4).) • Apply grease to the center gear assembly (1) (Performs when replacing the center gear assembly (1) and the Up/Down lever assembly (2).) Fig. 1-6-28 4. Replace each part with new one. 5. After replacing, mount it in the reverse order of removal. Note: • Check the reel torque by using a torque cassette. (Performs when replacing the clutch gear assembly and the idle lever assembly.) 6. Mount the center gear assembly (1) and the Up/Down lever assembly (2) together. First, insert the claws (5) of the Up/Down lever assembly (2) to the base and insert the center gear assembly (1) to the center post (6) with the flange of the center gear assembly (1) positioned lower than the guide (8). Guide (8) Claws (5) Claw (10) Up/Down lever assembly (2) Claw (9) Flange (7) Center gear assembly (1) Fig. 1-6-29 Furthermore, push the parts downward until the claws (9) and (10) of the Up/Down lever assembly (2) catch the mechanical deck. Note: • Check the spring of the holder clutch assembly is set correctly. OK NG Overriding status NG Floating status Fig. 1-6-30 Notes: • Do not push the spring of the holder clutch assembly to set along any of 6 grooves of the center gear assembly (1). The spring is set by its own weight. After confirming the spring is set correctly, tighten the parts with a stop ring (3). • The stop ring (3) with its slit opened is not allowed to use again. Be sure to change the stop ring (3) to new one. 1-6-11. S, T Reel Tables Replacement 1. Remove the S, T reel table. (Refer to item 1-6-9.) 2. Remove the band brake. (Refer to item 1-6-8.) 3. Remove the S, T reel tables (1) and (2) pulling it from the reel shafts (3) and (4). 4. Apply an amount of oil to the top portion and sitting portion of the reel shafts (3) and (4) after cleaning the reel shafts (3) and (4) with the cleaning kit. 5. Replace each part with new one. 6. Mount it in the reverse order of removal. S reel table (1) Tip of center post (Do not apply oil.) Apply oil after cleaning. T reel table (2) Reel shaft (3) Tip of center post (Do not apply oil.) Apply oil after cleaning. Reel shaft (4) Fig. 1-6-31 1-6-12. S, T Slider Assemblies Replacement 1. Remove the S, T loading lever assemblies. (Refer to item 1-6-7.) 2. Remove the S brake. (Refer to item 1-6-9.) 3. Remove the tension lever. (Refer to item 1-6-8.) 4. When replacing the T slider assembly (1), remove the slider cam. If it is difficult to remove, remove the holder clutch assembly and Up/Down lever assembly in advance. (Refer to item 1-6-10.) 5. Remove the S, T slider assemblies (2) and (1) by sliding to the cutout portion of the S, T loading grooves (3) and (4) on the mechanical deck. 6. Replace each part with new one. 7. Mount it in the reverse order of removal. 8. After mounting, perform the adjustment according to the 1-7-3. Tape Transport System Adjustment. S slider assembly (2) T slider assembly (2) S loading groove (3) T loading groove (1) Fig. 1-6-32 1-6-13. Pinch Assembly, No. 9 Guide Lever and Cassette Door Guide Replacement 1. Lift the claw (1) of the cassette door guide (2), and remove the cassette door guide (2) by turning it clockwise. 2. Remove the pinch assembly (3) pulling it up straight from the pinch support post (4). 3. Remove the joint lever (5) which joints the pinch drive lever (6) and the pinch assembly (3) and remove the pinch drive spring (7) from the pinch drive lever side. 4. Remove the spring between the No. 9 guide lever (8) and the mechanical deck. 5. Pivot the No.9 guide lever in loading direction (a) and then remove it by lifting it up at the pivot center (b). 6. For reattachment, after fitting the flange of the No.9 guide lever under the brim of the base, set the pivot center. Note: • There are 2 types in the No. 9 guide lever: a and b. No. 9 guide post (10) Pinch assembly (3) Brim of the base. Capstan motor shaft Cassette door guide (2) No. 9 guide spring (a) (b) Flange of the No.9 guide lever. Pinch drive lever (6) Claw (1) (Without spring) Fig. 1-6-33 Type a Pinch drive spring (7) Brim of the base. Small hole Large hole Fig. 1-6-35 Pinch drive spring (7) (a) Pinch assembly (3) (b) Flange of the No.9 guide lever. Cassette door guide (2) ( Without spring ) Fig. 1-6-34 Type b 7. Replace each part with new one. 8. Mount it in the reverse order of removal. 9. After mounting, perform the adjustment according to the 1-7-3. Tape Transport System Adjustment. Joint lever (5) Notes: • After mounting the cassette door guide (2), check that the claw (1) is locked properly. • Take care not to touch the surface of the pinch roller, and not to stick the grease. • Be sure to apply an amount of grease to the portion contacted with the pinch assembly (3) around the pinch support post (4). • After replacing the No. 9 guide lever (8), be sure to apply an amount of oil around the support post, and apply an amount of grease to the end of the No. 9guide post (10). Also, pay attention not to stick the grease on the transportation surface of the No. 9 guide lever. • Confirm the guide post end of the No. 9 guide lever (8) touches the top surface of the mechanical deck. • Insert the other end of the pinch drive spring (7) into the small hole of the mechanical deck. No. 9 guide spring Apply grease to the shaded portion . Pinch support post (4) Claw (1) No. 9 guide lever (8) Pinch drive lever (6) Large hole Small hole Fig. 1-6-36 No. 9 guide lever (8) No. 9 guide post (10) Support post (9) Apply oil to the shaded portion Apply grease to the shaded portion . . Fig. 1-6-37 1-6-14. FE Head Replacement 1. Remove screw (1) on the FE head (2), and remove the FE head (2). 2. Replace the part with new one. 3. Mount it in the reverse order of removal. 4. After mounting, perform the adjustment according to the 1-7-3. Tape Transport System Adjustment. ACE head assembly (3) Boss (6) of mechanical deck Slit (B) Hole (5) Slit (A) ACE head assembly fixing screw (2) Screw (1) ACE head bracket (4) Fig. 1-6-40 FE head (2) (5) Mount the part in the reverse order of removal. (6) After mounting, perform the adjustment according to the 1-7-3. Tape Transport System Adjustment. Fig. 1-6-38 1-6-15. ACE Head Assembly Replacement 1. Remove the FFC (1) from the connector. 2. Remove one securing screw (2) on the ACE head assembly (3), and remove the ACE head assembly (3). 3. Replace the part with new one. FFC (1) ACE head assembly (3) Note: • Take care when replacing, since the part number of ACE head assembly is different between the models. 1-6-16. Head Cleaner Assembly and Head Cleaner Sleeve Replacement 1. Release the hook (1) of the head cleaner assembly (2) from the mechanical deck, and pulling out the head cleaner assembly (3) upward. 2. When replacing the head cleaner sleeve (3), pull it out by lifting the “A” portion and turning it in 90 degrees. Roller (4) Head cleaner assembly (2) Screw (2) Stopper rib Return spring Hook (1) Fig. 1-6-39 Stopper 4. When mounting the ACE head assembly (3) to the mechanical deck, mount it by aligning the slit (A) of the mechanical deck with the slit (B) of the ACE head bracket (4) after aligning the hole (5) of the ACE head bracket (4) to the boss (6) of the mechanical deck. Head cleaner sleeve (3) A Fig. 1-6-41 3. Replace each part with new one. 4. Mount it in the reverse order of removal. Notes: • Take care not to stick the grease, oil and etc. on the roller (4). • When mounting the head cleaner assembly (2), mount it so that the stopper rib (5) sits inside (cylinder side) of the cylinder mounting bracket stopper (6). Also, be sure that the return spring (7) is inserted correctly in the hole of the main base. Head cleaner assembly (2) Head assembly (Cylinder) FPC Return spring (7) Stopper (6) Stopper rib (5) Fig. 1-6-42 1-6-17. Slip Ring Assembly Replacement 1. Remove two connectors (1) and (2) (cylinder side and PC board side) of the slip ring assembly (3). Note: • The mounting or removal of the slip ring connector (1) on the cylinder side should be carried out by using tweezers. 2. Remove the slip ring assembly fixing screw (4). 3. Remove the slip ring assembly (3). 4. Replace the slip ring assembly (3) with new one. Notes: • Do not apply force to the head assembly (cylinder) (5). • When mounting the slip ring assembly (3), first, insert the shaft to the center hole of the coupling (6). • Connect the slip ring connectors (1) and (2) with their insertion direction corrected. (Connect the slip ring connector (1) on the cylinder side with its wire holder portion set to the cylinder center side.) • When tightening the slip ring assembly fixing screw (4), be sure to tighten the lug terminal (6) together. • After mounting the parts, confirm no slack on the connector lead wire on the PC board side is found. (If a slack is found, surely wire the connector without slackened.) 5. After replacing, mount the part in the reverse order of the removal. Slip ring assembly fixing screw (4) Lug terminal (6) Slip ring assembly (3) Slip ring connector (1) (Cylinder side) Slip ring connector (2) (PC board side) Coupling (6) Head assembly (5) (Cylinder) Fig. 1-6-43 1-6-18. Cylinder Holding Plates Replacement 1. Remove the head cleaner assembly. (Refer to item 16-16.) 2. Remove three securing screws (1), (2) and (3) on the cylinder holding plates (4), (5) and (6) Remove the cylinder holding plates (4), (5) and (6) by sliding in each direction shown by the arrows. Head cleaner assembly Cylinder holding plate (6) Screw (3) Screw (2) Cylinder holding plate (5) Notes: • Tightening order of the securing screws (1), (2) and (3) is 294 to 392 mN•m (3 to 4kg•cm). • Take care of the position inserting the FPC when mounting the cylinder holding plate (4). (Refer to item 1-6-19.) • When replacing the cylinder holding plate (6), take care not to damage the cylinder and the tape guides etc. Note that the screw (3) of the cylinder holding plage (5) does not touch with the head assembly (cylinder). Be sure that driver does not approach to cylinder. Screwdriver Cylinder holding plate (4) Screw (1) Head assembly (Cylinder) Screw (3) Cylinder holding plate (5) Fig. 1-6-46 Stopper at post side Fig. 1-6-44 3. Replace each part with new one. 4. Mount it in the reverse order of removal. 5. Fix the cylinder holding plate (4) and (5) with screws (1) and (2) while pushing slightly in the directions shown by the arrows. Fix the cylinder holding plate (6) with screws (3) after matching the boss on the mechanical deck to the boss hole on the cylinder holding plate (6). Screw (1) Cylinder holding plate (4) Boss of mechanical deck Cylinder holding plate (6) Screw (3) Screw (2) Protrusion Stopper at post side Cylinder holding plate (5) Fig. 1-6-45 1-6-19. Head Assembly (Cylinder) Inspection and Replacement 1. Check if the tape transport surface on the head assembly (cylinder) is not damaged. 2. Check if the rotation of the head assembly (cylinder) is not abnormal. 3. Check if the video head is not damaged and worn out. (It can be checked easier by using the head checker.) 4. Check if the video head is not clogged. (When it can't be eliminated by cleaning) 5. Check if the FPC (A) is not damaged. If some abnormality is found after checking above “1.” to “5.”, replace the head assembly (cylinder) with new one. 1. Remove the slip ring assembly. (Refer to item 1-6-17.) 2. Remove the head cleaner assembly. (Refer to item 16-16.) 3. Remove the FPC (1) from the main PC Board. 4. Remove the screw (2) fixing the slip ring bracket (3) and remove the slip ring bracket (3). 5. Remove the cylinder holding plates (4), (5) and (6). (Refer to item 1-6-19.) 6. Remove the head assembly (cylinder) (7). 7. Replace the head assembly (cylinder) (7) with new one. 8. When mounting, take care of the direction of the head assembly (cylinder) (7). 9. Remount the head assembly (cylinder) (7) in the reverse order of removal. Fix it pressing slightly in the direction shown by the arrow A for the cylinder holding plate (4) pressing slightly in the direction shown by the arrow B, and the cylinder holding plate (4) pressing slightly in the direction shown by the arrow C for the cylinder holding plate (6). (Tightening torque : 294 to 392 mN•m (3 to 4kg•cm)) Fix the slip ring bracket (1) with the screw (2) after adjusting the boss of the mechanical deck to the boss hole of the slip ring bracket (3). (Tightening torque : 294 to 392 mN•m (3 to 4kg•cm)) Head cleaner assembly Slip ring assembly Slip ring bracket (3) Screw (2) FPC (1) Head assembly (7) (Cylinder) Cylinder holding plate (4) Cylinder holding plate (6) A B C Cylinder holding plate (5) Fig. 1-6-47 Cylinder pin Notes: • When remounting the cylinder holding plate (4), after confirming that the FPC (1) is hooked at the groove on the lower head assembly properly, insert the FPC (1) under the tip of the cylinder holding plate. However, this is not applied for the type which has no cylinder window. • When replacing, take much care not to touch the video head directly and damage the cylinder. Head assembly (9) (Cylinder) Hook FPC on the groove. (2 points) Cylinder window Insert FPC under the cylinder tip. FPC (3) Cylinder holding plate (4) Fig. 1-6-48 9. After mounting, perform the adjustment according to the 1-7-3. Tape Transportation System Adjustment. 1-6-20. Capstan Motor Assembly and Reel Belt Replacement 1. Remove the reel belt (1). 2. Remove three screws (2) from the front side of the mechanical deck while keeping the capstan motor assembly (3) of the mechanical deck bottom side. 3. Replace the capstan motor with new one. 4. Insert the capstan motor assembly (2) from the bottom side of the mechanical deck while taking care not to hit or damage the capstan motor shaft (4) and whole motor, so that the positioning hole of the mechanical deck and the positioning hole of the capstan motor assembly fit. 5. Fix the capstan motor assembly (3) with three screws (2) by tightening evenly while keeping the capstan motor assembly (3) of the mechanical deck bottom side. At this time, adjust it so that the hole of the mechanical deck and the positioning hole of the capstan motor is fit. 1-6-21. No. 8 Guide Cap Replacement 1. Press the No. 8 guide cap for replacement forcibly after pulling out the No. 8 guide cap (1) from the No. 8 guide (2). 2. Mount the No. 8 guide cap (1) by facing the slant surface to cassette side. Screws (2) Positioning hole of capstan motor assembly No. 8 guide cap (1) No. 8 guide (2) Capstan motor assembly (3) Fig. 1-6-51 Reel belt (1) Fig. 1-6-49 Notes: • Do not use once-removed screws again. • When mounting, floating of screw is not allowed. Capstan motor shaft (4) Screw (2) Be sure there is no float of screw. Fig. 1-6-50 1-6-22. S Impedance Roller Replacement 1. Pull out the S impedance roller assembly (1) upward. 2. Apply oil to the shaft (2). 3. Insert a new S impedance roller to the shaft (2). 4. After replacing, perform the adjustment according to the 1-7-3. Tape Transportation System Adjustment. Notes: • S impedance roller is provided depending on models. • The top cover of the VCR unit supports the impedance roller to prevent from pulling out. So, when standing the unit with its top cover removed, be sure to remove the impedance roller in advance. • Do not touch the tape running portion on the roller surface directly by hand and do not attach oil, etc. on it. S impedance roller assembly (1) 6. After replacing, mount it in the reverse order of removal. Note: • In this case, take care not to twist the reel belt and stick the grease. Apply oil Shaft (2) 7. After mounting, perform the adjustment according to the 1-7-3. Tape Transportation System Adjustment. Fig. 1-6-52 1-7. Check and Adjustment 1-7-1. Check of Tension Post Position 1. Turn the worm wheel clockwise after removing the cassette holder assembly on the front loading mechanism, and set the cam gear at playback mode. (Refer to Fig. 1-4-3 Cam Position.) 2. Turn the S reel table (1) clockwise two rounds slowly. 3. While turning the S reel table (1), insert a slot type screwdriver to the rectangle hole of the adjuster portion (2) so that the outer periphery of the left end on the tension lever (3) is put on the marking of the mechanical deck, and adjust it by turning clockwise or counterclockwise. 4. After turning the S reel clockwise again, check that the deviation to the marking is within 1 mm. Notes: • There is a long mark at the position of 1.3 mm from the round surface of the mechanical deck. Make sure the position of the mark when adjusting. • When turning the adjuster portion (3), take care not to apply force in upper and lower directions. 1.3 ± 1 mm Tension lever (3) Long marking Adjuster portion (2) Inserting hole of slot-type screwdriver Fig. 1-7-1 S reel table (1) 1-7-2. Reel Torque Check (1) Reel Torque 1. REV.......................... supply side Poor torque may not wind the tape. On the other hand, excessive torque will cause damage to the tape during REVIEW mode. 2. REC/PLAY .............. take-up side Poor torque does not rewind the tape to the end. If excessive torque, the tape may be stretched by excessive tension. 3. Inspection Rewind the torque cassette to the end, then check the torque value shown below: Review (SP x7) 14.2 ± 3.9 mN•m (145 ± 40 g•cm) REC/PLAY 8.1 ± 2.7 mN•m (82.5 ± 27.5 g•cm) For the checking method, refer to the following item (2). (2) Reel Torque and Back Tension Check 1. Record a signal on the torque cassette tape (KT300NR) in the SP mode. 2. Load the torque cassette tape (KT-300NR) in the VCR and feed it forward until the end of the tape, before proceeding with measurement. 3. Set the VCR to the REVIEW mode and feed the tape for about 15s, and then make sure the take-up torque described above is obtained while observing the left torque meter. 4. After completion of step “3.”, feed forward to tape start position and set the VCR to the PLAY mode. After feeding the tape for about 30s, check the torque measures 4.4 to 9.8 mN•m (45 to 100 g•cm) reading the right torque meter. Also, check the back tension torque measures 4 to 7 mN•m (41 to 71 g•cm) reading the left torque meter. 5. If the review torque and playback torque are out of limit specification, replace the clutch assembly. (Refer to item 1-6-10.) 6. When the clutch gear assembly and the idle lever assembly, perform the reel torque check. 1. Before loading a torque cassette in a VCR, always remove tape slack. The tape slack can be removed by rotating the reel in the cassette to its take-up direction. (The tape tends to slack since there is no reel brake on the torque cassette.) 2. Do not perform FF and REW operations by using a torque cassette. 3. When the torque cassette is loaded, confirm following: 1) Make sure the tape does not ride up or over the No. 8 cap. If it does, do not eject the tape but return the tape to its correct position, taking care not to damage the tape. 2) Make sure the tape is not slackened. If slackened, operate the VCR in CUE or REVIEW mode and then stop the tape. Then make sure the tape is not slackened again. 3) After above confirmation, proceed to the real torque adjustment and confirmation. 4. Caution for removal of torque cassette 1) When removing the torque cassette from the VCR, set the VCR to the STOP mode and wait for several seconds. Then, make sure the tape is not slackened, and push the EJECT button to remove the cassette. 5. If the previous precautions “1.” to “4.” are not performed properly, the tape may be damaged and correct measurements can not be performed. 6. Do not use worn out or damaged tape, if used they may damage video heads on the cylinder. In such a case always replace the tape with a new one. The replacement tape is of T-120, 10 m in length. 1-7-3. Tape Transport System Adjustment The tape transport system has been precisely adjusted in the factory, so only when some defective phenomenon occurs such as noise observed on the screen and tape damage, or when replacing the portion shown on the adjustment procedures of the tape transport system, adjustment and check are necessary. Electrical signal output terminal required for adjustment differs depending upon the models. Refer to the test point location in the Electrical Adjustment Section. S slant guide (1) Location of Tape Transport Adjustment Lower flange height of No.8 guide is used as the basic reference for the transport adjustment. To keep height of the No.8 guide, do not apply excessive force onto the main base to prevent the main base from deformation. T slant guide T guide roller ACE head S guide roller ACE main base ACE head position securing screw FE head Cylinder Pinch roller No.3 guide No.9 guide (Pulled out at REVIEW mode) Tension lever & tension post REVIEW (Released at FF/REW mode) ACE adjusting screw Tilt Azimuth Capstan No.8 guide Height ACE head position adjusting slit (Insert a slot-type screwdriver.) Fig. 1-7-2 T slant guide Cylinder ACE head S slant guide Capstan Tension post No.9 guide No.3 guide Pinch roller FE head No.8 guide T guide roller S guide roller : Adjusting portion Fig. 1-7-3 (2) Tape Transport System Adjustment Flowchart Head assembly (cylinder) assembly replacement S, T slider assembly replacement ACE head assembly replacement Impedance roller replacement Capstan motor assembly replacement Tension lever assembly replacement Clutch gear assembly replacement Pinch lever assembly replacement FE head replacement Reel table replacement (a) (b) ACE head assembly rough adjustment (c) (d) Linearity adjustment (S, T guide roller) Playback phase adjustment (e) ACE head fine adjustment (f) (g) (h) Recorded & reproduced envelope check Check for transitional operation No. 9 guide check (at REV mode) (i) Tape damage check Checks for Hi-Fi models only. AFM envelope output max. point check (Note 1) 1. AUDIO HEAD HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT (AUDIO HEIGHT ADJUSTING SCREW) Adjust as described in the Electrical Adjustment Section (Servo circuit.) in each service manual. 1. MAXIMUM ENVELOPE OUTPUT Playback the white video signal on the alignment tape. Trigger scope with switching pulse. Adjust tracking control for maximum envelope output by pushing tracking up/down buttons. Playback the tape recorded in SP mode. Align position of the upper end of tape and that of the audio head. Audio head 1. AUDIO HEAD HEIGHT FINE ADJUSTMENT 1. TAPE WRINKLE CHECK 1. Playback white video signal (SLP mode) in alignment tape and set review mode. Playback T-160 tape in Review mode. Playback stereophonic alternative recording signal (300-500Hz) on alignment tape. Turn the Audio height adjusting screw until audio envelope signal becomes as flat as possible. Confirm the portion of upper/ lower flange on No.8 guide. 2. Change mode from review to play and check entrance side envelope rises within 3s. b (A) 3. EXIT SIDE ENVELOPE ADJUSTMENT Rotate T guide roller until exit side envelope becomes as flat as possible. Tape Press the tracking up/down buttons alternately, make sure envelope increases or decreases with flat response kept. 3. AUDIO AZIMUTH ADJUSTMENT (AZIMUTH ADJUSTING SCREW) Playback 7 kHz audio signal on alignment tape and adjust for max. output. d 3. Check entrance side envelope rised within 3s, when mode is changed from slot-in to play. If tape travels out of upper/lower flange as shown above, pinch lever or capstan motor or No.9 guide lever is defective. Replace the defective part (s). 2. AUDIO HEAD TILT FINE ADJUSTMENT Playback alignment tape in CUE or double speed mode. Adjust Audio head tilt until tape runs along lower flange of No.8 guide. Check control pulse phase difference is within ± 3 ms from that point to AFM envelope max. point. OK NG Playback mode Guide roller section damage Back to step (c) linearity adjustment. (or Slider assembly replacement) 4. Adjust S guide roller to readjust linearity. Damage at No.8 guide brush Back to step (a) ACE head assembly rough adjustment. (or Pinch lever replacement) 5. Check step 2 and 3 if no good, replace S slider assembly or tension lever. 3. AUDIO HEAD HEIGHT CHECK NG Playback signal as described in step 1, make sure audio envelope signal becomes as flat as possible. Damage at No.3 guide lower flange 6. ACE HEAD POSITION b Playback video envelope signal 2MHz (A ch) on alignment tape in SP mode. Reset tracking control at its center. Adjust ACE main base to obtain max. output. c 4. LINEARITY CHECK No.8 guide flange 4. ACE HEAD POSITION ADJUSTMENT (B) 2. NO. 9 GUIDE ADJUSTMENT Playback the tape in SP mode continuously. Adjust Audio head tilt screw so that tape runs along lower flange of No.8 guide a c/a ≥ 0.75 (Non S-VHS model) b,d/a ≥ 0.63 b,c,d/a ≥ 0.75 (S-VHS model) 2. ENTRANCE SIDE ENVELOPE ADJUSTMENT Rotate S guide roller until entrance side envelope becomes as flat as possible. Playback 3 MHz video signal. 400 Hz AFM signal in alignment tape ST-NF in SP mode. Check video envelope max. point (A-ch). NG Tape 2. AUDIO HEAD TILT ADJUSTMENT (TILT ADJUSTING SCREW) Run T-160 tape in each mode and check there is no damage at each guide. Records signals in SP & SLP modes, using T-120, T-160 tape and playback them to check envelopes. a c d c/a ≥ 0.75 (Non S-VHS model) b,d/a ≥ 0.63 b,c,d/a ≥ 0.75 (S-VHS model) (Note 1) For the linearity adjustment (c), make sure adjusted value should be checked with 2 MHz/SP mode after completion of specified adjustments using 30 % white (SLP) signal in alignment tape. OK Set tracking at its center position pressing tracking up/down buttons simultaneously. 4. AUDIO HEAD AZIMUTH FINE ADJUSTMENT Playback 7 kHz audio signal on alignment tape. Turn the azimuth adjusting screw to obtain maximum output. 5. AUDIO HEAD HEIGHT RE-CHECK Repeat same step as step 3. Playback white video signal (SLP mode) on the alignment tape. Slide ACE main base to obtain max. envelope. NG OK Playback 2 MHz video signal (SLP mode) on the alignment tape. Confirm that difference from tracking center is within 3 ms when maximum envelope is obtained. If not, readjust in SLP mode. Back to step (f) check for envelope operation. (or Tension lever replacement) ACE head ACE height adjusting screw Rewinding for synchronous editing mode Back to step (c) linearity adjustment. Tilt adjusting screw Review mode ACE head adjusting slit (Insert a slot-type screwdriver.) ACE head position securing Azimuth adjusting screw applied SP mode only, use * VTR 2 MHz (A ch) video signal instead Damage at No.8 guide flange Damage at No.8 guide flange Back to step (e) No.9 guide lever check or (a) ACE head assembly rough adjustment. (Pinch lever, No.9 lever, Capstan motor replacement) Damage at guide roller section of white video signal (SLP mode). Back to step (c) linearity adjustment. (or slider assembly replacement) Fig. 1-7-4 (3) Tape Transport System Adjustment When the part(s) listed in Table 1-7-1 is replaced, perform required adjustments by referring to procedures for the tape transport system. When the part (s) listed in Table 1-7-1 is replaced, the tape path may be changed and may damage alignment tape. To prevent this, first run a T-160 tape and make sure excessive tape wrinkle does not occur at each tape guide. 1. If tape wrinkle is observed at the S, T guide rollers, turn the S, T guide rollers until wrinkle disappears. 2. If tape wrinkle is observed at the No. 8 guide, perform the tilt adjustment of the ACE head. c. Audio Head Azimuth Adjustment 1. Play back the 7 kHz audio signal on the alignment tape in the SP mode. 2. Connect a milli-voltmeter or oscilloscope to the audio line output terminal. 3. Turn the ACE azimuth adjusting screw to obtain maximum audio output. Audio head core Tape Table 1-7-1 Parts replacement • • • • • Head assembly (Cylinder) S, T sliders assembly ACE head assembly Pinch lever assembly No. 9 guide lever Control head core Adjustment procedure Fig. 1-7-5 [A] [B] From item (a) • Impedance roller • Tension lever • FE head From item (c) • Clutch gear assembly • S, T reel tables From item (d) 1) ACE Head Assembly Rough Adjustment a. Audio Head Height Adjustment 1. Play back the tape recorded in the SP mode. Observe the core portion of the ACE head. 2. Turn the ACE height adjusting screw so that upper tape edge matches to the upper edge of the audio head core. (Refer to Fig. 1-7-5.) b. ACE Head Tilt Adjustment 1. Play back the T-160 tape recorded in the SP mode and observe running condition of the tape at the lower flange of No.8 guide. 2. Turn the ACE tilt adjusting screw until tape wrinkle is caused at the lower flange of No. 8 guide as shown in Fig. 1-7-6 (A). 3. Turn the ACE tilt adjusting screw counter-clockwise until the tape travels along the lower flange as shown in Fig. 1-7-6 (B). Fig. 1-7-6 No. 8 guide rough adjustment check d. ACE Head Position Adjustment 1. Play back the 2 MHz video envelope signal in the alignment tape in the SP mode. Loosen the ACE head position securing screw. 2. Insert a slot-type screwdriver into the ACE head position adjusting slit on the ACE main base and adjust the ACE main base so that the video envelope reaches a peak level at the tracking center position. 2) Playback Phase Adjustment Perform playback phase adjustment according to the methods stated in the Electrical Adjustment (servo system). 3) Linearity Adjustment 1. Play back the SLP mode white video signal on the alignment tape. 7. If the envelope varies like NG figures as shown in Fig. 1-7-9, perform the adjustment again since it is abnormal. Smooth secondary curves are allowable level. Note: • For models SP mode only, use the 2 MHz (A ch) video signal in the SP mode and other adjustments are same. 2. Trigger the scope with the switching pulse to issue the envelope signal output. 3. Make sure the video envelope waveform (in its maximum output) meets the specification shown in Fig. 1-7-7. Again make sure the same by playing back the SP mode 2 MHz video signal on the alignment tape. If not satisfied, adjust as follows: Note: a : maximum output of the video RF envelope b : minimum output of the video RF envelope at the entrance side c : minimum output of the video RF envelope at the center point of cylinder d : minimum output of the video RF envelop at the exit side of cylinder b a c c,b,d/a ≥ 0.75 b,d/a ≥ 0.63 c/a ≥ 0.75 NG OK Fig. 1-7-9 Abnormal waveform variation 4) ACE Head Assembly Fine Adjustment a. Audio Head Height Fine Adjustment 1. Play back the stereophonic alternative recording 300 to 500 Hz audio signal on the alignment tape. 2. Adjust the audio height adjusting screw so that the signal envelope is obtained almost flat. d (S-VHS model) (Non S-VHS model) Fig. 1-7-7 4. If the A section in Fig. 1-7-8 does not meet the specifications, adjust the S guide roller in up or down direction. 5. If the B section in Fig. 1-7-8 does not meet the specifications, adjust T guide roller in up or down direction. A NG B Fig. 1-7-8 Adjusting section 6. After completion of the adjustment(s), push the tracking up/down button and make sure video envelope variations are almost flat. Next, playback the 2 MHz (A ch) SP mode video signal on the alignment tape and make sure the video RF envelope variations are also flat when tracking up/down buttons is pushed. Fig. 1-7-10 Note: • If there is no alignment tape with audio height adjustment of the stereophonic alternative recording, do not perform this item a. Audio head height fine adjustment, and perform the process of the note in item e. Audio head height re-check described later. b. ACE Tilt Adjustment 1. Observe the lower flange of No. 8 guide. If any wrinkle is observed, turn the ACE tilt adjusting screw counterclockwise until the wrinkle disappears. 2. If a gap is observed between the lower flange of No. 8 guide and the lower edge of tape, turn the ACE tilt adjusting screw clockwise until the tape travels along Note: • This adjustment is performed easily in SP mode playback, double speed playback mode or CUE mode. c. Audio Head Height Check Play back the audio signal as described in the step 4) a., and check if the audio envelope is flat. If not, repeat the adjustment described in step 4) a. again. d. Audio Azimuth Adjustment 1. Play back the 400 Hz in SP mode, 7 kHz audio signal on the alignment tape. 2. Turn the ACE azimuth adjusting screw until the maximum audio output is obtained. e. Audio Head Height Re-check 1. Play back the audio signal as described in the step 4) a., and check if the audio envelope is flat. If not, repeat the adjustment described in step 1) again. Note: • If there is no alignment tape with the stereophonic alternative recording signal, perform the audio height alignment using the current alignment tape at this adjustment step. 2. Playback the 400 Hz audio signal (SP mode) on the alignment tape. 3. Turn each three alignment screw of the ACE head to the same direction in 45 degrees steps evenly so that the audio output level becomes maximum. 4. Perform the confirmation and adjustment for the tilt and the azimuth again. f. ACE Head Position Adjustment 1. Play back the SLP mode white envelope signal on the alignment tape. 2. Push the tracking up/down buttons simultaneously and reset the tracking at its center position. 3. Trigger the oscilloscope with the video switching pulse and observe the video envelope waveform. 4. Slide the ACE main base until the maximum envelope output is obtained as described in ACE head position rough adjustment. 5. Play back the 2 MHz video signal in SP mode on the alignment tape. 6. Make sure the envelope output is maximum when the tracking control is placed at its center position. If no envelope output is obtained with the tracking control set to the center position, again adjust it for maximum envelope output in SP and SLP modes. When envelope output is maximum in the SLP mode at the tracking center, difference between the tracking position of maximum envelope in the SP mode and the tracking center is within 3ms. 7. Tighten the ACE head position fixing screw and secure the ACE main base. g. After Completion of ACE Head Fine Adjustment Apply screw lock to two screws (tilt, azimuth adjusting screws) in front of the ACE head. 5) No. 9 Guide Lever Check 1. Set the VCR to Cue mode with T-160 tape (at beginning portion) loaded. Switch the Cue mode to the review mode when the tape has been rewound into the T reel table to some extent. 2. Check tape wrinkle at the upper and lower flange of No. 8 guide. Check the tape does not come off from the flange while running. If the tape comes off from the flange, replace the pinch lever, capstan motor or No. 9 guide lever since the part(s) is (are) defective. Note: • Modify the lid of the cassette for the alignment tape T-160 previously so that the alignment is performed easily. 6) Check for Transitional Operation of Envelope 1. Play back the SLP mode white video signal on the alignment tape, and set in Review mode, and then observe the video envelope with the oscilloscope. 2. Switch the Review mode to the Play mode. When switched to the Play mode, make sure the entrance side envelope comes to an approximate steady state within 3s as shown in Fig. 1-7-11. If it does not rise within 3s, take the following steps starting 4. 3. Switch the cassette slot-in mode to the Play mode. As in item 2., if it does not rise within 3s, adjust as follows. Envelope at entrance side Fig. 1-7-11 Video envelope rising when operation mode is switched from review to play mode 4. Adjust the S guide roller and perform the linearity adjustment again. 5. Check above items 2. and 3. to see that the video envelope rises within 3s. If not, S slider assembly or the tension lever is damaged. Replace either (or both) of them. Note: • If the rising characteristic is poor in Review mode, screen noise may occur in synchronous editing recording. Perform the adjustment carefully. 7) Envelope Check 1. Make recordings and playback the tapes T-120 and T-160 in SP and SLP modes and make sure the playback output envelope meets the specifications shown in Fig. 1-7-7. 2. In recording/playback the tape with a T-120, the video envelope should meet the specification as shown in Fig. 1-7-12. Note: • Check for both modes, SP and SLP. Also check for AFM envelope when using a Hi-Fi model. A B B/A ≥ 0.55 B ≥ 120mV Fig. 1-7-12 Envelope output and output difference 3. If the performance does not meet both specifications above 1. and 2. above, replace the head assembly (cylinder) assembly. 4. Set the VCR to Rec mode (SLP) with the T-120 tape loaded (at the beginning part) and check operation of the synchronous editing recording. 5. If picture noises are observed at the starting position of the editing, check for transitional operation (f). 8) Tape Damage Check 1. Playback the T-160 tape in the Play mode, CUE mode, Review mode and the frame advance mode, and check each guide for wrinkle. 2. If excessive tape wrinkle is observed at the mode shown below, perform the associated adjustments in each mode. Also the parts described in ( ) may need to replace. a. Playback mode Tape damage at the S, T-guide rollers section (c) Linearity adjustment (Slider assembly) Tape damage at No. 8 guide flange (a) ACE head assembly rough adjustment (Pinch assembly) Tape damage at lower flange of No. 3 guide (f) Check for transitional operations from Review to Play, and Slot-In to Play (Tension lever) b. Review mode Tape damage at No. 8 guide (a) ACE head assembly rough adjustment (Pinch assembly, No. 9 guide lever, capstan motor assembly) Tape damage at the guide rollers Guide roller adjustment (or Slider assembly replacement) c. Frame advance mode Tape wrinkle at No. 8 guide (c) Linearity adjustment (Pinch assembly, capstan motor assembly) 9) Maximum AFM Envelope Output Point Check (Hi-Fi Model) 1. Playback the SP mode 3 MHz video signal and the 400 Hz AFM signal on the alignment tape. 2. Trigger the oscilloscope with the video switching pulse, adjust the tracking control and check the control pulse phase at the maximum video envelope (A ch) output point. 3. Make sure the control pulse phase difference among each maximum point of AFM envelope, A ch and B ch is within ± 3 ms with the above point used as the basic reference. Note: • If the phase difference exceeds 3 ms, replace the head assembly (cylinder). 1-8. Self-Check Function Table 1-8-2 Abnormal system control modes 1-8-1. Outline When a tape running stops or the VCR enters the power OFF mode, etc. due to some abnormality, the abnormality is stored in the EEPROM and displayed on the display tube. 1-8-2. Storing Abnormal Modes 1. The abnormality is classed into 5 groups, and the abnormality number, system control mode, and the mechanism position at which the abnormality occurred are stored in the EEPROM. 2. The writing timing is just after the abnormality occurred. 1-8-3. Abnormality Mode Display 1. Press the CH UP and CH DOWN buttons on the VCR simultaneously for more than 5s. 2. And then within 2s, press the PAUSE button on the remote control. 3. The system control mode at which the abnormality occurred is displayed at the channel display area, “F” is displayed at the hour digit, abnormality generation number is displayed at the minute digit, and the mechanism position is displayed in the second digit position. 4. The abnormality mode display is not indicated in the mode with the display tube turned off, such as saving mode, etc. In this case, after confirming the abnormality status, turn the power on and display the abnormality mode. Abnormal system control modes Abnormal mechanism positions abnormality generation number Fig. 1-8-1 5. When the Counter Reset button is pressed in the display period, the abnormality display data is initialized and “–” is displayed. Standby Stop Rewind Review FF Cue Playback Still, slow playback X2 speed Unloading stop Reverse playback Still in reverse playback, Reverse slow playback Recording Record pause Power off eject Eject Short FF Short REW Table 1-8-3 Abnormal mechanism positions F/L driving Loading/unloading Reverse rotation with pinch roller ON Playback with pinch roller ON Stop with main brake ON FF/REW Position detection impossible Positions 01, 03, 05, 07, 09 and 0B exist as mechanism positions. For example, 05 shows a position between 04 and 06 (between playback position and review position). 1-8-4. Cylinder Rotation Time Display (1) Outline All the time for which the cylinder is ON is counted, memorized on EEPROM, and indicated on the display tube. (2) Display Method 1. Press the “CH UP” and “CH DOWN” button on the main unit for more 5 s at the same time. 2. Next, within 2 s press the “STOP” button on the remote control. 3. The cumulative operation time of the cylinder will be displayed for 30 s. The time unit is an hour. (3) Example of Display 1. In case of 1234 hours. The data displayed are as follows: Fig. 1-8-2 Table 1-8-1 Abnormality generation number Cylinder stop Reel abnormality (take up) Reel abnormality (supply) Abnormal slot in/slot out Abnormal loading 2. In case of 4 hours. Fig. 1-8-3 2. ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENT < Test equipment required > Adjustment will be performed with the following test equipment. 1. Color TV (Monitor) 2. Oscilloscope, 2 CHs, 15 MHz or higher with delay system 3. Frequency counter (7 digits or higher) 4. Millivoltmeter 5. Digital voltmeter 6. Tester (20 kΩ/V) 7. Audio generator 8. Audio attenuator 9. Alignment tapes Part code: ST-N1: 70909202 ST-NF: 70909203 ST-N5: 70909401 10. Alignment screw driver (jig) 11. Color pattern generator 12. Video sweep generator < Color bar signal > Color bar signals of 75% recorded on the alignment tapes are shown in Fig. 2-1. < Specified input output levels, and impedance > Video input: Negative sync, standard composite video signal 1 V(p-p), 75 Ω Video output: Same as the video input, 1 V(p-p), 75 Ω Audio input: 308mV(rms), more than 47 kΩ Audio output: 308mV(rms), less than 4.7 kΩ < Alignment sequence > Proceed the alignments in the sequence as shown in Fig. 2-2. PIF System Servo System Remote Control System Video Signal System White(100%) White(75%) Cyan Green Magenta Red Blue Yellow Fig. 2-2 Burst 0.7V signal Burst signal 1V (p-p) 0.3V 0.3V Q I H Sync signal Q White 100% 75% I Black Color bar pattern Fig. 2-1 Blue Red Magenta Green Cyan Yellow White Color bar pattern Audio System Alignment tape specifications (1) ST-N1 Item Video signal Audio signal Contents No. Record Mode Time 1-1 Color bar 1 kHz *Check and adjustment of Servo circuit. *Check and adjustment of Video circuit. *Check and adjustment of Audio circuit. SP 10 min 1-2 Mono Scope 3 kHz *Check and adjustment of Servo circuit. SP 10 min Notes: 1. This signal is used for tape running adjustment. 2. Set tracking control to center position except linearity adjustment. 3. When making linearity adjustment (S, T-guide roller), set tracking control to the position where envelope obtains max. SP 9 min 1-3 2 MHz (recorded on CH-A only) Record each 400 Hz & 7 kHz for 1min 30 s in 3 cycles. 1-4 Color bar 3 kHz *Check and adjustment of Servo circuit. *Check and adjustment of Video circuit. EP (SLP) 5 min No signal *Check and adjustment of Servo circuit. Notes :1. This signal is used for tape running adjustment also. 2. Set tracking control to center. When making linearity adjustment, set tracking control to the position where envelope obtains max.. EP (SLP) 5 min 1-5 30% White (2) ST-NF (Hi-Fi Audio (AFM) adjustment) Item Video signal No. 2-1 3 MHz (recorded on CH-A only) Hi-Fi audio signal (recorded on video track) Contents Record Mode Time AFM 400 Hz Notes : This signal is used for tape running adjustment. Set tracking control to center position. SP 5 min *Check and adjustment of Hi-Fi Audio circuit. (Set tracking control to the position when Audio FM output level obtains max.) Notes : This signal is used for tape running adjustment also. Set tracking control to center position. SP 5 min SP 5 min 2-2 Color bar AFM 400 Hz 2-3 Color bar Carrier 1.3 MHz (L ch) 1.7 MHz (R ch) (3) ST-N5 Item Video signal Audio signal Contents No. Record Mode Time 3-1 Color bar 1 kHz *Check and adjustment of Servo circuit. *Check and adjustment of Video circuit. *Check and adjustment of Audio circuit. SP 10 min 3-2 Mono Scope 3 kHz *Check and adjustment of Servo circuit. SP 10 min 2 MHz (recorded on CH-A only) Record each 400 Hz & 7 kHz for 1min 30 s in 3 cycles. Notes : 1. This signal is used for tape running adjustment. 2. Set tracking control to center position except linearity adjustment. 3. When making linearity adjustment (S, T-guide roller), set tracking control to the position where envelope obtains max. SP 9 min 3-4 30% White (recorded on CHA only) *Check and adjustment of Servo circuit. Notes : 1. This signal is used for tape running adjustment also. 300 Hz 2. Set tracking control to center. (Stereo L/R Cyclic When making linearity adjustment, set record) tracking control to the position where envelope obtains max. 3-5 Color bar 3 kHz 3-3 *Check and adjustment of Servo circuit. *Check and adjustment of Video circuit. EP 10 min (SLP) EP (SLP) 5 min P990 1 5 P801 P506 Tuner Power Supply R008 ZX01 Main Board 2-1. PIF Circuit 2-1-1. In Case of IC01 is Replaced When IC01 (µPC1852) is replaced, the EEPROM data in the VCR is required to memorize a new set of default values as initial alignment. So perform the following procedures: 1. Press the channel up/down buttons on the VCR simultaneously for more than five seconds while the unit is in the power on mode. 2. And then within two seconds, press the number 9 button on the remote control unit. 3. The following data will be set in the corresponding address as tabulated: Address Data 14 56 15 19 16 20 17 16 18 12 19 1d 4. Press power button to set the unit to power off mode. 5. Pull out the power cord plug from the AC outlet once and insert the power cord plug into the AC outlet again. 6. The initialization of default data for MTS IC is now completed. The above-mentioned procedure will only change the software settings of the MTS. If the channel separation test still fails, proceed to do step 7. 7. • Delete Jumper JP001. • Add R008 (variable resistor 20 kΩ). • Add R009 (resistor 10 kΩ). • Change RD02 to resistor 11 kΩ. • Change RD03 to 0 ohm maxi. • Tune R008 to achieve the best possible channel separation. H001 IC01 JP001 16 RD03 CD07 7 R008 R009 RD02 Fig. 2-1-1 2-2. Servo Circuit 2-2-2. Pseudo-V 2-2-1. Playback Phase (PG) Adjustment Test point : Test equipment : Test point : Test equipment : P506, P990 (Video Out) Oscilloscope 1. Playback the alignment tape, press and keys simultaneously to reset to tracking center. 2. Confirm that phase difference between the rising edge of DFF 3 pin of P506 and the rise of the CTL pulse 2 pin of P506 is 25.36 ms. 3. Press STOP key. 4. Press and keys simultaneously on the KDB for at least 5s. 5. Within 2s, press PLAY key on remote control. 6. The display will light up all segments and blink for 10s. Check the luminance which should be consistent for each grid. 7. During the display blinking, the PG auto head adjustment is in progress. 1) If the adjustment is successful, it will go to STILL for 1.2s, and go to PLAY. 2) If the adjustment fails, it goes into the STOP mode. 8. Confirm that the play indicator is displayed, and confirm that the falling edge of the DFF pulse is 6.5 H ± 0.5 H (413 µs ± 32 µs) from the V-sync front edge of the video out signal. DRUM FF P506 (Pin 3) VIDEO OUT P990 6.5H ± 0.5H CTL PULSE 23.36 ms Fig. 2-2-1 Tracking UP-DOWN key TV monitor 1. Self-recorded tape in SP mode is played and enter STILL mode. 2. When tracking UP-DOWN key is pressed, the center of STILL picture should be adjusted with STILL condition. Turn off the VCR. When turning off the VCR, pseudoV data will be written into EEPROM. Note : Do not pull out the POWER CORD, the data will be lost. 2-2-3. SLOW Tracking Test point : Test equipment : Tracking UP-DOWN key TV monitor 1. Self-recorded tape in SP mode is played and enter SLOW mode. 2. When tracking UP-DOWN key is pressed, the SLOW picture should be adjusted until all the noise disappear. 3. Repeat step 1 and 2 for SLP self-recorded tape. 4. Turn off the VCR. When turning off the VCR, pseudoV data will be written into EEPROM. Note : Do not pull out the POWER CORD, the data will be lost. 2-2-4 When IC504 is Replaced When IC504 is replaced, the data in the VCR is required to memorize in the new one. So perform the following procedures. VCR Status : STOP, EJECT 1. Hold VCR Key Channel Up/Down for 5s during Power off mode without clock set. 2. And then within 2s, by sending remote control number key will set the version data as mention below, Key “7” – address 12 H = bAH. Top Top GeneralDescriptions Descriptions General Adjustment Adjustment Procedures SECTION 3 SERVICING DIAGRAMS 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. INSPECTION PROCEDURES REMOVAL OF THE CABINET LOCATION OF ELECTRICAL UNITS PC BOARD SERVICING PROCEDURE PART CONFIGURATION AND THEIR SYMBOLS 5-1. 5-2. 5-3. 5-4. 5-5. Precautions For Part Replacent Solid Resistor Indication Capacitance Indication Inductor Indication Waveform and Voltage Measurement 6. PRINTED WIRING BOARD AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 7. BLOCK DIAGRAMS 7-1. 7-2. 7-3. 7-4. 7-5. 7-6. 7-7. Power Supply Block Diagram PIF Block Diagram KDB Display Block Diagram EDS Block Diagram Servo/Logic Block Diagram Video and Conventional Audio Block Diagram Hi-Fi Audio Block Diagram 8. CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 8-1. Waveform 8-2. Circuit Diagram 9. PC BOARDS 9-1. Main PC Board (UZ01) 9-2. FCB PC Board (UK02) 9-3. JSB PC Board (UK03) Parts Parts List List 1. INSPECTION PROCEDURES Fig No. Operation steps Items to be confirmed Inspection block Block Circuit Diagram Diagram 1.AC Plug-in Clock setting Clock display Clock setting operation Power (AC system) KDB 7-1-1 7-3-1 8-2-1 8-2-1 2.Power SW ON Timer/counter, SP/SLP, TV/ VCR, SW, Channel selection, EE picture and tone quality, TV/VCR switch (in TV) Mode display lamp TV receive condition Channel select operation, EE picture and tone quality, Signal level, Stereo operation Power Logic PIF Video (EE, Rec mode) Audio (EE, Rec mode) 7-1-1 7-5-1 7-2-1 7-6-1 7-7-1 8-2-1 8-2-1 8-2-1 8-2-1 8-2-1 3.Cassette-in and Cassette-out Cassette-in-Cassette loading Eject Cassette-out Cassette loading operation Eject operation Indicator lamp Abnormal sound Logic 7-5-1 8-2-1 4.Key entry operation (Remote control) REC, PLAY Cue/Review Still, Frame feeding/slow FF/REW Each mode operation (Tape drive operation) Abnormal sound Logic 7-5-1 8-2-1 Cassette-in at Power OFF Power ON, Cassette down Loading of tape with safety tab Auto Play — Completion — REW — Completion — REC/PLAY/CUE Rewind automatically Registering Index Signal Index Search “ REMAIN/COUNTER ” Tape Remain indicator operation, quick remain operation Digital tracking ON/OFF switching Timer setting Changing the tape speed from SP mode to SLP mode Power Logic 7-1-1 7-5-1 8-2-1 8-2-1 Servo system Logic 7-5-1 7-5-1 8-2-1 8-2-1 Servo Logic 7-5-1 7-5-1 8-2-1 8-2-1 6.Playback Function Picture Sharpness Tone Quality Others PLAY (Test tape : ST-N1/ST-NF) Cue/Review Still/Slow Resolution, S/N, Hue, Saturation, Color unevenness, Color dropout, Sound distortion, Level variation, Picture noise, Jitter, Picture swing, Skew distortion, Flicker, Beat Video PLAY system Audio PLAY system Servo system 7-6-1 7-7-1 7-5-1 8-2-1 8-2-1 8-2-1 7.REC/PLAY Function Picture Sharpness Tone Quality Others REC/PLAY Resolution, S/N, Hue, Saturation, Color unevenness, Color dropout, Sound distortion, Level variation, Picture noise, Jitter, Picture swing Skew distortion, Flicker, Beat Video PLAY system Audio PLAY system Servo system 7-6-1 7-7-1 7-5-1 8-2-1 8-2-1 8-2-1 5.Special Functions Auto Power ON Auto Play. Auto Rewind INDEX Tape Remain Indicator Tracking Auto Speed Select How to use the table 1. When inspecting a defective VCR, proceed according to the steps showin in the table. 2. Check the items to be confirmed for each operation step. 3. If a problem is found on the item, check waveforms (level) referring to the block diagram relating to the items. 4. Use PC board pattern diagram and schematic diagram to examine the circuit precisely. 5. After completion of the repair work, check steps 1 – 7 again. Table 1-1 2. REMOVAL OF THE CABINET (1) Unplug the power supply plug (1) from the outlet. (2) Remove the three screws (3) securing the Top cover (2). (3) Pull the Top cover (2) backwards for removing. (4) Disconnect the two FFC (4) flexible flat cables. (5) Release the four claws (A) of the front panel (5) and detach the front panel (5). Screws (3) 4. PC BOARD SERVICING PROCEDURE When performing service, connect each connection part of the mechanical deck with the main PC board (two connectors, two flexible flat cables), and then turn the unit upside down with the mechanical deck integrated with the main PC board. Note: • When unloading a tape due to power off and ejection, place the unit back to the normal position (from the reversed position) to protect the tape before performing unloading. UZ01 Main PC Board Top cover (2) Power Plug (1) FFC (4) UK03 JSB PC Board Claw(A) Front panel (5) Claw (A) FFC (4) Claw (A) Fig. 2-1 Fig. 4-1 3. LOCATION OF ELECTRICAL UNITS UZ01 Main PC Board 3 IN 1 Tuner UK02 FCB PC Board UK03 JSB PC Board Fig. 3-1 UK02 FCB PC Board 5. PART CONFIGURATION AND THEIR SYMBOLS 5-1. Precautions For Part Replacement * In the schematic diagram, parts marked (ex. F801) are critical part to meet the safety regulations, so always use the parts bearing specified part codes (SN) when replacing them. * Using the parts other than those specified shall violate the regulations, and may cause troubles such as operation failures, fire, etc. 5-2. Solid Resistor Indication Unit Tolerance Rated Wattage Type None • • • Ω k • • • kΩ M • • • MΩ None • • • ± 5 % B • • • ± 0.1 % C • • • ± 0.25 % D • • • ± 0.5 % F • • • ±1% G • • • ±2% K • • • ± 10 % M • • • ± 20 % (1) Chip Parts None • • • 1/16 W (2) Other Parts None • • • 1/6 W Other than above, described in the Circuit Diagram None • • • Carbon film S • • • Solid R • • • Oxide metal film W • • • Metal film W • • • Cement RF • • • Fusible 100k Rated Wattage Type Tolerance Fig. 5-2-1 Table 5-2-1 5-3. Capacitance Indication Symbol + NP • • • Electrolytic, Special electrolytic • • • Non polarity electrolytic 100µ • • • Ceramic, plastic M • • • Film • • • Trimmer Unit Rated voltage Tolerance Temperature characteristic (Ceramic capacitor) None • • • F m • • • µF p • • • pF None • • • 50 V For other than 50 V and electrolytic capacitors, described in the Circuit Diagram. (1) Ceramic, plastic, and film capacitors of which capacitance are more than 10 pF. None • • • ± 5 % or more B • • • ± 0.1 % C • • • ± 0.25 % D • • • ± 0.5 % F • • • ±1% G • • • ±2% (2) Ceramic, plastic, and film capacitors of which capacitance are 10 pF or less. None • • • more than ± 5 pF B • • • ± 0.1 pF C • • • ± 0.25 pF (3) Electrolytic,Trimmer Tolerance is not described. None • • • SL For others, temperature characteristics are described. (For capacitors of 0.01 µF and no indications are described as F.) Table 5-3-1 Temparature Rated Tolerance response Voltage Fig. 5-3-1 5-4. Inductor Indication Unit Tolerance Type None • • µ • • m • • None • • B • • C • • D • • F • • G • • K • • M • • PL • • For others, • H • µH • mH • ±5% • ± 0.1 % • ± 0.25 % • ± 0.5 % • ±1% • ±2% • ± 10 % • ± 20 % • Peaking model name is described. 10µ Type Tolerance Fig. 5-4-1 Table 5-4-1 5-5. Waveform and Voltage Measurement * Measurement of waveform and voltage at each section in the color circuits was conducted with sufficient service color bar signal being received and reproduced in normal conditions. * Waveforms and voltage values for the remaining circuit were measured with a broadcasting signal normally received, so they may vary slightly according to the programs being received. Use them as a measure for servicing. * All voltage values except the waveforms are expressed in DC and measured by a digital voltmeter. 6. PRINTED WIRING BOARD AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM UZ01 MAIN UV01 SP–A W501A P102 9V GND 1 EVER +5.6V Vkk 3 F(–) 4 F(+) 5 GND 6 EVER +5V 7 SCLK 8 MAIN TO DIS 9 DIS TO MAIN 10 STB 11 REMOTE IN 12 L–RST NC 13 2 1 2 7 COMP 1 9V 2 GND SP–B EP–A P101 70165319 HIFI / CTL(+) HIFI / CTL–) GND VIDEO(–) VIDEO(+) 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 EP–B HIFI / CTL(+) HIFI / CTL–) GND VIDEO(–) VIDEO(+) HiFi SA HiFi SB UK02 FCB NA W970A 1 AUDIO GND 2 LINE–2 R–IN 3 VIDEO GND 4 LINE–2 L IN LINE–2 V IN 5 6 POWER SW 7 EJECT SW 8 DIGITAL GND 9 F. A / V LED 10 F. A / V SW 11 EVER +5V .W970 70175720 WK11 GND NB 70165328 23902362 FFC 11P P970 AUDIO GND LINE–2 R–IN VIDEO GND LINE–2 L IN LINE–2 V IN POWER SW EJECT SW DIGITAL GND F. A / V LED F. A / V SW EVER +5V 1 2 3 4 5 ACE HEAD 6 7 8 9 10 11 W701 70175750 1 CTL BIAS 2 CTL I / O 3 GND 4 AUDIO PB 5 AUDIO REC AUDIO E.HEAD 6 7 GND 1 2 FFC W701 7P 3 4 5 6 7 CTL BIAS CTL I / O GND AUDIO PB AUDIO REC AUDIO E.HEAD GND CONTROL HEAD AUDIO HEAD AUDIO ERASE HEAD FULL ERASE HEAD P702 UK03 JSB 1 2 W960A 5.6V SAT. LED J2 J1 GND N.C. B3 / B4 5V B1 / B2 W960 70165416 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 P960 70165326 1 5.6V 2 SAT. LED 3 J2 4 J1 5 GND 6 N.C. B3 / B4 7 5V 8 9 B1 / B2 1 2 FULL ERASE HEAD CAPSTAN MOTOR P502 P506 1 AFM ENV 2 CTL 3 V.SWP 4 GND 5 ENV 70175892 GND F.E.HEAD 23164503 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 CAPSTAN VCC 2 MOTOR GND 3 GND 4 CAPSTAN FG–B 5 CAPSTAN REF 6 CAPSTAN FG–A 7 CAPSTAN F / R 8 LIMITER CAPSTAN ERROR 9 10 EVER +5V M CAPSTAN MOTOR LOADING MOTOR P801 AC 120V 60HZ W101 70175754 W503 70175751A 1 LOAD FWD LOAD REW 2 1 2 M LOADING MOTOR Fig. 6-1 7. BLOCK DIAGRAMS 7-1. Power Supply Block Diagram T802 6 C805 D804 D805 RECTIFIER SMOOTHING C806 L801 7 R803 D806 ,C813 13 14 SNUBBER 3 Q801 Q802 2 SWITCHING CONTROL 1 SWITCH MODE TRANSFORMER D802 D803 C832 RECTIFIER D820 SMOOTHING C826 RECTIFIER D826 SMOOTHING C827 RECTIFIER D827 SMOOTHING 15 RECTIFIER SMOOTHING 16 9 VKK–26V EVER 37V C825 D825 C821 RECTIFIER D821 SMOOTHING C823 RECTIFIER D822 SMOOTHING 8 MB 24V F1 (+) F2 (–) Q841 9V REG EVER 14V 9VS BU 5V Q831,Q832 FEEDBACK SEPARATOR Q804 R870 D870 T801 C801 AC CLOCK GENERATOR Q870 R871 Q825 5V REG EVER 5V 5V REG Q843 5VS AC CLOCK C804 LINE FILTER AC 120V 60Hz Fig. 7-1-1 7-2. PIF Block Diagram S001 ANT IN ANT IN CH SW 3 IN 1 TUNER H001 TMDH2–032A ANT OUT AUDIO SIGNAL RF OUT AUDIO IN 4.5MHz OSC CH SW SPLITER RF MODULATOR LPF MB(5V) HA11560FP RF SW VIDEO SIGNAL CONTROL SAW RESONATOR VIDEO IN 1 2 3 4 RF VIDEO IN 5 TUNER VIDEO OUT PLL PC44818D MIX / OSC AJ605A HPF RF AMP TUNING TUNING NC 6 NC 7 ADDRESS S.CLOCK BPF LPF RF AMP TUNING RF AMP TUNING TUNING TUNING ON / OFF 5V 32V REG EVER 37V TO POWER 8 9 IF AMP S.DATA IF TUNE PB(5V) 11 NC 12 TU(32V) 13 IF OUT TO VIDEO 10 15 VIDEO TRAP IF AMP VIDEO CIRCUIT AFT FM DET IF MODULE 4.5MHz BPF VIDEO OUT AUDIO OUT PIF / SIF LA7578N 18 BUFFER 19 16 AFT SCL1 SDA1 TV VTR ATT D/A 7 TO SERVO SAP DEMODULATION BLOCK INPUT ATTENUATOR STEREO DEMODULATION BLOCK STEREO / SAP SWITCH DBX NOISE REDUCTION BLOCK (RF AUDIO IN) OFFSET ABSORPTION 15 16 2 1 C BUS INTERFACE 27 MATRIX SELECTOR 26 (TUNER AUDIO L OUT) (TUNER AUDIO R OUT) TO AUDIO 25 CONVENTIONAL AUDIO OUT ICD01 µPC1854AGT MULTIPLEXED TELEVISION SOUND PROCESSING SYSTEM Fig. 7-2-1 7-3. KDB Display Block Diagram ZX01 25U39149SAN F(–) 1 2 NC 6G 5G 4G 3G 2G 1G 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 S16S15S14S13S12 S11S10 S9 S8 S7 S6 S5 S4 S3 S2 S1 F(+) 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 34 35 F(+) F(–) TO POWER +5V WAVEFORM SHAPER 2 1 ZX02 GP1U291Q REMOTE CONTROL MODULE PEAK DET EVER +5V 20 21 22 23 24 25 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 28 29 FIP DRIVE 2 1 3 5 AMP 8 REMOTE CONTROL RECEPTION 46 42 QX30 SWITCH 56 57 6 QX31 LED DRIVER DX32 UK02 FCB DX31 54 55 IC501 TMP93CU76 MAIN MICROCOMPUTER P970 W970A 7 8 KEY 1 STOP POWER KEY2 EJECT UK03 JSB KEY 2 PLAY P960 EVER+5.6V SAT LED CH DOWN KEY1 W960A 1 2 DX30 CH UP B3 / B4 7 B1 / B2 9 PAUSE POWER LED GMD 5 WK31 1 S1 2 S2 3 S3 5 S4 7 GND SHUTTLE (70145518) REC QX32 SWITCH DX40 Fig. 7-3-1 28 29 IC501 TMP93CU76 MAIN MICROCOMPUTER REMOTE IN Seg 15 Seg 16 5 ECO / ECO LED 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 REMOTE OUT POWER LED Seg 1 Seg 2 Seg 3 Seg 4 Seg 5 Seg 6 Seg 7 Seg 8 Seg 9 Seg 10 Seg 11 Seg 12 Seg 13 Seg 14 G1 G2 G3 G4 G5 G6 42 48 57 56 55 54 KEY INPUT 2 KEY INPUT 1 B3 / B4 (Shuttle) B1 / B2 (Shuttle) : "H"Active : "L"Active Key 1 Key 2 POWER EJECT STOP PLAY CH DN CH UP : Unlatch Key PAUSE REC : Simultaneous Pushing Permitted Fig. 7-3-2 6G 5G 4G 3G 1a 3b 2a 1a 2a 2b 1f 1g B1 B2 B3 B4 2c 1G 1a col 3c 2G 1e 1b 2a 1a 1c 1d B5 6G 5G 4G 3G 2G 1G P1 1d 1d 1d 1d – P2 1e 1e 1e 1e – P3 1c 1c 1c 1c – 1g 1g 1g 1g – P5 1f 1f 1f 1f – P6 1b 1b 1b 1b – 1a 1a 1a 1a – P4 – P7 B1 P8 B2 P9 B3 2d P10 B4 P11 B5 – 2b,2c 2d 2d – 2e 2e 2e – 2c 2c 2c – 2g 2g P12 2g P13 2f 2f 2f P14 2b 2b 2b 2a 2a P15 – 2a P16 – 3b,3c col – – – Fig. 7-3-3 7-4. EDS Block Diagram CSYNC VIDEO IN IC301 Z86131 Buffer 5 M.SYNC CG Logic PH1 O/S Control OSC COMP SYNC SYNC Slicer LPF 9 Buffer Data Slicer Sliced Data Loop Filter Line & Field Control DOT CLK Digital II Logic AW FEW DOT CLK DIV CHAR CIR Data CLK Recovery Data Bus Line & Field Decodes CHAR CLK 11 CW Vss(A) MSGR 1 SLS SFLD LS FLD V Lock Vss Data Line 1 Drive & MUX Dual Clamp CG Lines Lock PH2 PG FR SIG HSYNC 7 Slice Level 8 VW 10 V/I Ref FLD Display Latch SS CTR POR CKT 4 Row Latch 8 17 3 2 18 Output Logic Serial Control Port 4 6 13 BOX BLUE GREEN RED VIN Intro 10 Character Generator Display RAM ADDR DEC 6 4 15 14 16 SCL 1 SDA 1 Stetus Rag Address MUX Test Rag Command Processor ADDR Decoder SMS SEN SCK SDA SDO 13 Row Addr Bus Fig. 7-4-1 7-5. Servo/Logic Block Diagram IC501 TMP93CU76 MAIN MICROPROCESSOR EVER +5V D.Vcc AD REF IC505 PST7025MT RESET IC 3 1 76 REC INH 2 START SENSOR END INPUT TO JOG & SHUTTLE SU FG TU FG CONTROL JOG 54 CAM B SHUTTLE 55 CAM C I/P CAM A 67 32 38 89 30 91 92 KEY MATRIX 68 6 TO POWER STOP 4 TO HiFi AUDIO 66 SW 56 57 CH DOWN EVER +5V IC504 KS24C020 EEPROM EVER +5V Q602 END SENSOR Q581 D601 TAPE END LED 63 ZX02 GP1U291Q 5 REMOT I / P SENSOR 6 2 1 100 IC502 TA7291S LOADING DRIVER IC COPY GUARD 2 EE / PB / TRICK A MUTE LOAD+ LOADING MOTOR CONTROL REC (H) INSEL 1 LOAD– 9 1 2 INSEL 2 1 SP / LP / EP +B CTL DRIVE EVER +14V Z602 SU FG Po. GOOD SW +5V 7 Z601 TU FG EVER +5V 6 3 SW +5V CAP Vcc CTL CAP Vcc H CAP F / R POWER ON C.PWM HiFi DET CAPSTAN 5 94 93 +14V +24V KEY IN 2 W503 REG & SW RMT IN X OUT 49 48 74 SW +5V X501 16MHz 2 I C BUS X IN 87 88 TO OSD IC 37 41 40 51 60 TO AUDIO 59 77 OSD CONTROL OSD STB IC503 TB6515AP CYLINDER DRIVER CYLINDER CSYNC V.SEP D FG CONTROL 5 REG 44 43 35 Pre / Rec CTL CONTROL COLOR ROTARY COMP IN D.GND 72 AD.GND 64 11 CTL AMP GAIN 97 10 VIDEO ENV CAP Vcc CAP F / R CAP LIMITER CAP CTL REF CAP Err 2 CTL SCHMITT 21 27 22 CAPSTAN MOTOR 15 16 HALL SENSOR H CFGA 16 6 15 H 4 7 CFGB CYLINDER MOTOR 8 9 Z661 H Z662 DFG HALL SENSOR 96 CTL I / O 2 8 14 32 W701 S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S10 S11 S12 S13 S14 S15 S16 7 17 11 FIP DRIVE 6 IC 6 TRACKING CONTROL HiFi ENV DRIVE 45 V / A SWP HASW 7 8 9 1 PB CTL REC CTL 1 SW +5V CAPSTAN 19 5 XT OUT 78 OSD RST P502 SW +5V SW +5V OSD DATA D.PWM TO Pre / Rec CTL X502 32kHz OSD CLK REC TPG 50 EVER +14V 73 CONTROL XT IN 85 LOAD– LOADING MOTOR CFG.B IN 86 LOAD+ 1 KEY 53 TO VIDEO CAM C POWER SW CFG.A IN TO RF CAM B CAM C SW +5V KEY IN 1 52 TO AUDIO CAM A CAM B 95 34 S610 CAM A (EVER) 2 RMT IN CAPTURE 46 SW +5V 61 39 3 REC Q601 START SENSOR 62 CONTROL POWER PAUSE 3 70 69 PV / PH TO RF CH UP REC INHIBIT SW S602 98 BRIDGE PLAY 47 DX31 99 SW +5V IN1 AC OFF DE71,QE71,QE72 DETECTION CIRCUIT DX32 QX30, QX31 DETECTOR IN2 DRIVE EVER +5V 42 TV / VTR MECHA CONTROL 83 SENSOR CTL AFT MODE CONTROL 58 TO TUNER TO VIDEO & NOMAL AUDIO 65 EVER +5V RMT OUT BRIDGE 31 BU 5.0V EVER +5V CONTROL CIRCUIT BU 5.0V 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 28 29 G1 G2 G3 G4 G5 G6 Vkk 20 21 22 23 24 25 25 1 CTL BIAS CTL HEAD SW +5V TO POWER 13 Vcc2 12 14 Vcc2 EVER+5V 11 1 F(–) 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 NC 6G 5G 4G 3G 2G 1G 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 S16 S15 S14 S13 S12 S11 S10 32 S9 S8 S7 S6 S5 S4 S3 S2 S1 10 34 35 F(+) 9 15 16 8 17 7 18 19 Vcc1 REG 25U39149SAN 6 20 5 21 4 IC506 LA7116 CTL / FG AMP 22 3 GAIN CONTROL 2 23 24 1 Fig. 7-5-1 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 TEST PIN NO CONNECTION TV / VCR SWITCH NO CONNECTION CLOCK OUTPUT SIGNAL TO OSD IC DATA OUTPUT SIGNAL TO OSD IC CHIP SELECT SIGNAL TO OSD IC RESET SIGNAL FOR OSD IC AUDIO MUTE CONTROL FOR HIFI SIGNAL NO CONNECTION VIDEO INPUT SELECTION (HL TUNER, LL L1, LH L2) CAPSTAN MOTOR Vcc CONTROL (Hi : 24V) CAPSTAN MOTOR Vcc CONTROL (Hi : 14V) CAPSTAN MOTOR DIRECTION CONTROL (L:FORWARD, H:REVERSE) CTL OUT SCHMITT LEVEL TRIGGER SIGNAL OUTPUT CTL AMP GAIN SWITCH TAPE START SENSOR INPUT CASSETTE IN / REC INHIBIT SWITCH INPUT NO CONNECTION LOADING MOTOR CONTROL (–) LOADING MOTOR CONTROL (+) TEPE END SENSOR INPUT POWER ON / OFF SIGNAL ECOLOGY POWER MODE OUTPUT TO FIP OUTPUT TO FIP OUTPUT TO FIP OUTPUT TO FIP OUTPUT TO FIP OUTPUT TO FIP OUTPUT TO FIP OUTPUT TO FIP OUTPUT TO FIP OUTPUT TO FIP OUTPUT TO FIP OUTPUT TO FIP OUTPUT TO FIP OUTPUT TO FIP OUTPUT TO FIP OUTPUT TO FIP OUTPUT TO FIP OUTPUT TO FIP OUTPUT TO FIP OUTPUT TO FIP NO CONNECTION NO CONNECTION OUTPUT TO FIP OUTPUT TO FIP VOLTAGE INPUT TEST2 TEST1 XT OUT XT IN RESET TEST XOUT XIN D.GND1 1 / 2 CLK SU REEL TU REEL SP / LP / EP COPY GUARD HIFI DET ADREF ADGND CAM C CAM B CAM A VIDEO ENV DET HIFI ENV DET AFT KEY IN2 KEY IN1 SHUTTLE 3 / 4 SHUTTLE 1 / 2 IIC BUS CLK IIC BUS DATA COMP IN TEST3(ALE) NC TV / VCR NC OSD SIO CLK OSD SIO DATA OSD SIO STROBE OSD RESET AUDIO MUTE NC INPUT SEL 1 INPUT SEL 2 CAP Vcc Hi CAP Vcc MID CAP F / R CTL SCHMITT CTL AMP GAIN START SENSOR REC INH NC LOAD FWD LOAD BKWD END SENSOR POWER ON ECO MODE S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 S9 S10 S11 S12 S13 S14 1G 2G 3G 4G 5G 6G N.C N.C S15 S16 Vkk 80 79 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 TEST PIN TEST PIN 32kHz FREQUENCY 32kHz FREQUENCY RESET INPUT TEST PIN 16MHz OSCILLATOR PORT 16MHz OSCILLATOR PORT DIGITAL GROUND CLOCK SIGNAL SUPPLY REEL PULSE TAKE UP REEL PULSE TAPE SPEED SELECTION FOR VIDEO & CONVENTIONAL AUDIO COPY GUARD CONTROL HIFI DETECT FOR HIFI DISPLAY AND AUTOTRACKING ANALOG DIGITAL REFERENCE ANALOG DIGITAL GROUND CAM SWITCH C INPUT (FOR MECHANICAL POSITION DETECTION) CAM SWITCH B INPUT (FOR MECHANICAL POSITION DETECTION) CAM SWITCH A INPUT (FOR MECHANICAL POSITION DETECTION) VIDEO ENVELOPE A / D INPUT FOR AUTO TRACKING AUDIO ENVELOPE A / D INPUT FOR AUTO TRACKING AUTO FINE TUNING LOCK DETECTION KEY MATRIX INPUT KEY MATRIX INPUT SHUTTLE POSITION INPUT SHUTTLE POSITION INPUT IIC BUS TRANSFER CLK IIC BUS TRANSFER DATA COMPARISON SIGNAL INPUT FOR PREAMP 7-5-1. IC501 Main Microcomputer Terminal Function C.SYNC C.FGA IN C.FGB IN POWER GOOD REMOTE IN D.PG / FG PB CTL IN REC CTL OUT RMT OUT HA SW COLOR ROTOR SENSOR CTL EE / PB / TRICK V / A SW.P REC(H) DPWM CPWM NC PV / PH D.VCC1 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 COMPOSITE SYNC INPUT(V SYNC DETECT) CAPSTAN AMPLIFIED FG.A INPUT CAPSTAN AMPLIFIED FG.B INPUT POWER A.C CLOCK INPUT REMOTE CONTROL SIGNAL INPUT CYLINDER FG / PG INPUT PB CTL INPUT REC CTL OUTPUT ROMOTE CONTROL SIGNAL OUTPUT FOR CABLE BOX CONTROL HEAD AMP OUTPUT SWITCH COLOR ROTORY TAPE LED ON / OFF CONTROL SIGNAL VIDEO / AUDIO EE / PB / TRICK FUNCTION SIGNAL VIDEO / AUDIO HEAD SWITCH CONTROL VIDEO / AUDIO RECORD SIGNAL(H) CYLINDER MOTOR CONTROL OUTPUT CAPSTAN MOTOR CONTROL OUTPUT NO CONNECTION PSEUDO V / PSEUDO H VOLTAGE INPUT Fig. 7-5-2 7-5-2. IC501 Main Microcomputer Output Polarity IC501 MAIN MICROCOMPUTER OUTPUT POLARITY Pin. NO. MODE Act. SLOT IN SLOT OUT Load –ing Un– Load –ing STOP STAND –BY FF REW L L H L H L L L L Pin Name REC REMOTE MAIN PLAY X2 CUE REV STILL SLOW REC PAUSE POWER POWER SP SLP SP SLP SP SLP SP SLP SP SLP SP SLP SP SLP SP EP OFF OFF 1 LOAD (+) L L L L L L 2 LOAD (–) L H L H L L L L L L L L L L L 4 POWER ON H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H 5 ECO MODE L L L L L L L L H H L L – L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L L H L PV / PH 3ST L L L L L L L L L 3ST 3ST 3ST 3ST 3ST L L L L 34 C–PWM PWM PWM L L PWM L PWM L L L 35 D–PWM PWM L L PWM L PWM L L H L L L L L L L L L L L 32 36 REC (H) 37 V / A SWP 38 EE / PB / TRICK – H H H H H H H H OPEN L L L H H H H L L L 39 SENSOR CTL H H H H H H H H H 40 COLOR ROTOR – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – L L L L L H M M L L L L L H L L L L H L L H H H H H L H H L L HASW REC CTL OUT 53 IIC BUS CLK 68 SP(L)LP(M)EP(H) 85 86 87 OSD SIO STB 88 OSD RESET L H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H H 89 AUDIO MUTE H L L L L L *1 L *1 L L L H H H H H L L 91 L1(L) / L2(H) – *2 H 92 L1(L) / L2(H) – *2 L 93 CAP Vcc Hi H L L L L L L *3 *3 L L L L L L L L L L 94 CAP Vcc Mid H H L L L L L *4 *4 L L *5 *5 L L L L L L 95 CAP F / R – L H L H – H L L H L L L L 96 CTL SCHMITT – OPEN 97 CTL AMP GAIN – L L L L L – – – – H L 41 – L L 43 – H L – OPEN OPEN OPEN L L L OSD SIO CLK L L OSD SIO DATA L L L L L L L L – L L L L L L H L H L H H OPEN L*6 L*6 L L H L H L H L H L H L L H L H OPEN L L L *1: In the absence of c.sync, Audio Mute goes "H". *2: L1 / L2: Line1=L / L, Line2=L / H, Tuner=H / L *3: "H" when the control speed is greater than LPx20, and "L" in other modes. *4: "L" when the control speed is greater than LPx20, and "H" in other modes. *5: "H" in ACC. Search (SPx7, EPx21). "L" in other modes. *6: "H" when the control speed is greater than LPx5. Table 7-5-1 7-5-3. Logic Mode Shift Table Key Current Mode STOP STOP PLAY FF REW SLOW PAUSE / STILL REC – EJECT FF EJECT CUE REW PLAY EJECT EJECT REVIEW CUE REVIEW STILL EJECT CUE REVIEW STILL EJECT CUE REVIEW STILL CUE REVIEW PLAY CUE *1 REVIEW EJECT REVIEW CUE *3 EJECT ACC. CUE *2 REVIEW EJECT ACC. REVIEW CUE *4 EJECT X2 X2 SLOW STILL FRAME FEEDING REC REC PAUSE VISS MARK REC PAUSE EJECT REC PAUSE EJECT *5 REC POWER OFF EJECT COUNTER / TIMER REMOCON POWER MAIN POWER POWER OFF POWER OFF POWER OFF POWER OFF POWER OFF POWER OFF POWER OFF POWER OFF POWER OFF POWER OFF POWER OFF POWER OFF POWER OFF POWER OFF POWER ON POWER OFF POWER OFF POWER OFF POWER OFF POWER OFF POWER OFF POWER OFF POWER OFF POWER OFF POWER OFF POWER OFF POWER OFF POWER OFF POWER OFF POWER OFF POWER ON POWER OFF POWER OFF MAIN POWER OFF TIMER STAND–BY TIMER REC *1: INDEX SEARCH SEARCH VISS MARK – VISS MARK COUNTER RESET TAPE START TAPE END SHORT FF SHORT REW – STOP STOP – – REWIND – REWIND – REWIND – REWIND – REWIND STOP – – REWIND STOP – – REWIND – REWIND – REWIND – – – – – – – TIMER STAND–BY Pressing for less than one second shifts the mode to FF, and press for longer than one second shifts it to ACC. CUE. *2: Pressing with a remote controller shifts the mode to FF. *3: Pressing for less than one second shifts the mode to REW, and press for longer than one second shifts it to ACC. REVIEW. *4: Pressing with a remote controller shifts the mode to REW. *5: Input into the main unit shifts the mode to the instant recording. Table 7-5-2 7-6. Video and Conventional Audio Block Diagram PLAYBACK Y SIGNAL PLAY AUDIO REC AUDIO PLAY VIDEO REC VIDEO Q206 MAIN DE–EMPH 65 63 59 58 62 55 P 53 R 49 47 46 44 42 SYNC SEP W/C O/C PB AMP C TRAP 51 YNR DOC MAIN EMPH AGC DET AMP R AGC 39 R REC FM EQ FM–MOD CLAMP P P PB CLAMP PV / PH MUTE R 40 P CLAMP 5V VIDEO IN RF VIDEO OUT RF GCA ANR NL–EMPH DE–EMPH 1H DELAY IC101 TA8894BF R 8 VIDEO OUT P990 S/N JUDGE P Q210 R R P DOC DET 1 LINE1 VIDEO IN P990 P R P 3 LINE2 VIDEO IN P990 AGC DET DPE PB–FM EQ D.LIM FM DEMOD fH TRAP 76 3 SLP CH ACC SUB LPF MAIN CONV P B–EMPH DE–EMPH REC–C–LEV PB–C LPF 64 5 AUDIO REC AUDIO PB / REC 4 6 AE HEAD REC PRE–EMP 77 78 79 AUDIO PB BIAS GENERATOR HEAD SWITCH 68 75 SP–B SLP–A PLAYBACK COLOR SIGNAL – 10 4 PB Y–C C–COMB 30 R C–ACC DET PB AMP B–ACC DET B–ACC AMP MAIN BPF ALC 28 P REC MUTE P PB AMP R 26 PB / SP / TRICK REC AMP APC DET SUB LPF ACK OSD VIDEO PV / PH / BLK COMP SYNC REC (H) A.MUTE TO SERVO / LOGIC 16dB P MUTE MUTE BIAS CONVENTIONAL AUDIO CIRCUIT CONTROL 1 2 REC Y–C SLP–B Y/C TIME DIV 74 5 9 MUTE SP–A VIDEO 9dB 73 DE–EMPH CIRCUIT SP + TRAP REC C LPF CONVENTIONAL AUDIO PB CONVENTIONAL AUDIO REC TUNER AUDIO (N) P101 R ACK IC201 TA1251BF Y / C SIGNAL PROCESSOR CYLINDER 35 CLAMP MAIN LPF 7 FM–AGC DET 4Fsc VCO + – EQ 2 ICF01 MM1113XB TO HIFI AUDIO 37 P 2 4 R 15 VXO / XO 17 19 21 24 X401 FE HEAD Fig. 7-6-1 7-7. Hi-Fi Audio Block Diagram TO PIF TUNER AUDIO (L) ATT 43 TUNER AUDIO (R) ATT 41 I/O DECODER 2 BUS MEMORY I C BUS DECODER MOD AUDIO 39 INPUT SELECTOR ATT 38 LINE IN2 (L) ATT BPF ADJ 47 ENV DET LINE IN2 (R) 45 DOC DET REC PLAY OUTPUT SELECTOR R PEAK PNR P LINE IN 1 (R) ATT R CH BPF SWNC VCO REC / EE SIGNAL (L) ATT VCO REC / EE SIGNAL (R) 20kHz LPF PNR LINE OUT (L) PLAY / EE SIGNAL (L) LINE OUT (R) PLAY / EE SIGNAL (R) 11 19 13 P PEAK DET 17 SCL1 26 HIFI ENV 27 HIFI DET OUT TO SERVO / LOGIC SWNC AGC 25 AMP PB HIFI FM FM REC 22 REC HIFI FM 28 AUDIO FF FM LPF OUTPUT SELECTOR L MUTE CONTROL LINE IN 1 (L) SDA1 AGC DET R 20kHz LPF PNR HIFI DET 18 FM LPF ICV61 PRE / REC–CTL L CH BPF NOISE C PULSE R IC920 TA1246F HIFI PROCESS 10 A.MUTE Fig. 7-7-1 7-7-1. Audio Level Chart HIFI AUDIO LEVEL CHART [mV(rms)] [dB] 775 0 308 245 (–8) –10 77.5 –20 24.5 –30 7.75 –40 2.45 –50 (REC / PLAY) INPUT 400Hz 308 mV(rms) INPUT SELECTOR INPUT REC NR SYSTEM FM SYSTEM PLAY NR SYSTEM LINE AMP OUTPUT LINE OUTPUT FM Fig. 7-7-2 CONVENTIONAL AUDIO LEVEL CHART [mV(rms)] [dB] 775 0 308 245 (–8) –10 77.5 –20 24.5 –30 7.75 –40 2.45 –50 0.78 –60 0.25 –70 EE INPUT 400Hz 308 mV(rms) INPUT SELECTOR INPUT REC AMP INPUT REC SYSTEM REC AMP OUTPUT AUDIO HEAD INPUT AUDIO HEAD OUTPUT ELECTRO MAGNETICS CONVERSION LOSS EQ AMP OUTPUT LINE AMP OUTPUT LINE OUTPUT PLAY SYSTEM Fig. 7-7-3 8. CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS 8-1. Waveform Power PIF 1 Q801, COLLECTOR 2 Q802, BASE 3 Q870, Pin 3 4 T802, Pin 9 J-2 5 H001, Pin 1 KDB 12 ICD01, Pin 16 A-15 C-18 Selvo/Logic 19 IC501, Pin 6 K-10 21 IC501, Pin 50 Video/Audio 30 IC506, Pin 3 I-12 39 IC201, Pin 15 H-6 REC AUDIO IN PLAY SCL1 PLAY SCAN1 C SYNC CTL. AMP SP CUE (x7) (AC) V : 50V/div H : 5µs/div V : 500mV/div H : 200µs/div V : 2V/div H : 100ms/div V : 10V/div H : 2ms/div V : 1V/div H : 20µs/div V : 1V/div H : 1ms/div K-2 6 H001, Pin 5 13 ICD01, Pin 25 B-15 B-16 20 IC501, Pin 20 J-11 22 IC506, Pin 22 31 IC506, Pin 3 H-7 40 IC201, Pin 17 H-6 REC VIDEO IN PLAY NORMAL AUDIO OUT PLAY G1 CFGA AMP PLAY (SP) CTL. AMP PLAY SP (AC) V : 0.5V/div H : 5µs/div V : 500mV/div H : 20µs/div V : 500mV/div H : 1ms/div V : 10V/div H : 2ms/div V : 500mV/div H : 500µs/div V : 1V/div H : 10ms/div L-3 7 H001, Pin 19 14 ICD01, Pin 27 D-15 B-16 Fig. 8-1-3 23 IC506, Pin 1 32 P502, Pin 9 H-7 41 IC201, Pin 24 G-7 REC VIDEO OUT PLAY TUNER AUDIO OUT PLAY CTL OUT PLAY (EP) CAP ERR EP SLOW V : 1V/div H : 10ms/div V : 500mV/div H : 10µs/div V : 500mV/div H :1ms/div V : 1V/div H : 10ms/div V : 1V/div H : 10ms/div J-4 8 H001, Pin 1 15 ICD01, Pin 15 A-15 REC AUDIO IN REC V : 5V/div H : 5µs/div V : 500mV/div H : 500µs/div Fig. 8-1-1 9 H001, Pin 5 16 ICD01, Pin 16 B-15 C-18 24 IC501, Pin 32 PV/PH STILL CAP ERR SP SLOW V : 2V/div H : 100ms/div V : 1V/div H : 5ms/div V : 1V/div H : 20ms/div C-18 25 IC501, (a) Pin 34 10 H001, Pin 19 V : 2V/div H : 20ms/div 17 ICD01, Pin 25 D-15 C-17 J-12 J-12 34 IC506, Pin 17 (a) PLAY (EP) (b) SCL1 REC V : 500mV/div H : 20µs/div CFGB AMP SP PLAY V : 500mV/div H : 500µs/div V : 2V/div H : 5µs/div 26 IC501, Pin 43 35 IC501, (a) Pin 70 J-12 NORMAL AUDIO OUT REC REC CTL OUT REC V : 500mV/div H : 10µs/div V : 500mV/div H : 500µs/div V : 1V/div H : 10ms/div 18 ICD01, Pin 27 B-16 TUNER AUDIO OUT REC V : 2V/div H : 100ms/div V : 500mV/div H : 500µs/div 44 IC201, Pin 42 27 IC501, Pin 78 SP PLAY (b) V : 2V/div H : 100ms/div 36 IC501, (a) Pin 52 I-10 (b) Pin 53 SDA1 PLAY H-10 I-10 I-11 I-11 45 IC201, Pin 44 (a) (b) Fig. 8-1-2 B-4 PLAY PLAY V : 20mV/div H : 20µs/div V : 10mV/div H : 20µs/div 50 IC201, Pin 63 E-6 B-4 V : 1V/div H : 20µs/div 28 IC501, Pin 74 V : 2V/div H : 200µs/div 37 IC503, Pin 7, 8, 9 I-10 V : 1V/div H : 0.5µs/div 29 IC506, Pin 3 46 IC201, Pin 47 V : 5V/div H : 2ms/div 38 IC503, (a) Pin 15 H-6 F-13 F-14 (b) Pin 16 CTL. AMP EP CUEx21 (AC) V : 1V/div H : 500µs/div Fig. 8-1-4 G-14 G-14 47 IC201, Pin 49 (a) (b) V : 500mV/div H : 5ms/div 48 IC201, Pin 58 59 IC920, Pin 19 H-15 V : 500mV/div H : 200µs/div 60 IC920, Pin 31 H-16 PLAY PLAY PLAY V : 20mV/div H : 20µs/div V : 10mV/div H : 250ns/div V : 100mV/div H : 200µs/div 51 Q210, Emitter D-6 B-11 PLAY PLAY V : 10mV/div H : 20µs/div V : 100mV/div H : 20µs/div 52 IC201, Pin 24 D-7 D-6 61 IC920, Pin 19 H-15 MOD AUDIO V : 200mV/div H : 500µs/div 62 IC920, Pin 22 H-15 PLAY REC REC V : 10mV/div H : 20µs/div V : 200mV/div H : 20µs/div V : 200mV/div H : 1µs/div 53 IC201, Pin 26 D-7 D-7 63 IC920, Pin 35 H-17 PLAY REC REC V : 10mV/div H : 20µs/div V : 100mV/div H : 10µs/div V : 200mV/div H : 500µs/div 54 IC201, Pin 28 B-6 D-7 (a) VIDEO OUT REC C-18 43 IC201, Pin 30 G-7 (b) Pin 69 11 ICD01, Pin 15 42 IC201, Pin 26 G-7 SDA1 REC (b) Pin 35 VIDEO IN REC 33 P502, Pin 9 K-12 49 IC201, Pin 59 E-5 PLAY REC V : 20mV/div H : 20µs/div V : 100mV/div H : 10µs/div 55 IC201, Pin 30 B-6 D-7 PLAY REC V : 200mV/div H : 20µs/div V : 100mV/div H : 20µs/div 56 IC201, Pin 49 B-6 B-5 PLAY REC V : 20mV/div H : 20µs/div V : 1V/div H : 20µs/div 57 IC201, Pin 51 B-5 B-5 PLAY REC V : 100mV/div H : 10µs/div V : 500mV/div H : 20µs/div 58 IC920, Pin 14 B-4 G-15 PLAY LINE OUT V : 10mV/div H : 20µs/div V : 500mV/div H : 200µs/div Fig. 8-1-5 1 2 8-2. Cricuit Diagram 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 C231 2.2µ50V C980 3n3 C981 3n3 R202 75 R936 820 R937 820 SW2 IN3 SW1 4.5MHZ 19 FM DET CK A.SWP SIF OUT Q001 2SC2412KQ OR 2SC1623–L5 17 BPF AFT VIDEO OUT 17 C006 0.022µ R299 470 R408 1k VIDEO(–) R298 470 5 VIDEO(+) (#53) SCL (#52) SDA JP259 JP257 (7.5) (12.5) TUNER AUDIO R OUT TUNER AUDIO L OUT JP909 (7.5) JP910 JP582 (7.5) COPY GUARD (#67) IIC CLOCK(53) V / A SWP REC H (7.5) JP602 JP917 (12.5) RF OUT IIC DATA(52) (10) JP612 JP611 (10) (5) E82 E81 (20) R578 22k JP558 (10) JP559 (10) JP622 (20) (20) JP623 R546 1k R537 10K R547 1k C504 47µ6.3V 47 C922 1µ50V R924 3K3 46 R927 2K7 45 IC501 R925 3K3 C923 1µ50V 43 42 41 28 29 31 30 COMP IN CSYNC IN C–FGA IN C–FGB IN 34 C931 0.01µ (10) R928 JP708 27K R929 15k C967 B0.056µ C926 36 35 CF90 1µ50V RF91 27k C929 10µ16V JP918 DX40 TLS188AP POWER 1 RX02 2K2 RX10 2K2 EVER +37V 0.9 8 14.1 10 10 17 9 14.1 10 10 18 4.9 4.9 4.9 10 0 0 0 19 4.5 4.6 4.5 0 2.7 2.6 20 0 0 11 0 0 0 21 0 0 0 13 4.9 5.1 5.1 22 0 0 2.3 23 4.9 3.1 3.2 3.2 4.9 4.9 15 0.6 0.6 0.6 24 0 0.9 1 16 0.8 0.7 0.7 25 2.1 2.1 2.1 1 0 0 0 26 0 1.4 2 2 0 0 0 27 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 28 4.5 4.5 4.5 4 0 0 0 29 0 0 5 4.9 4.9 4.9 30 2.2 0.8 2.2 6 4.9 4.9 4.9 31 4.4 4.4 4.4 32 0.4 7 0 0 0 0.4 0.2 8 4.8 4.8 4.8 33 4.5 0.2 4.5 1 4.8 4.8 4.7 34 4.5 4.5 4.5 2 0 0 0 35 4.5 4.5 4.5 3 4.8 4.8 4.8 36 4.5 4.5 4.5 1 0 – – 37 9 9 2 2.4 – – 38 4.4 4.4 4.4 3 2.5 – – 39 4.4 4.4 4.4 4 2.5 2.5 – 40 0 0 0 5 2.5 2.5 – 41 4.4 4.4 4.4 6 0 0 0 42 0 0 0 7 2.5 2.5 2.5 43 4.4 4.4 4.6 8 2.5 2.5 2.5 44 0 0 0 9 2.5 2.5 2.5 45 4.4 4.4 4.4 2.5 2.5 2.5 46 0 0 0 47 4.5 4.4 4.4 48 4.4 4.5 4.5 11 2.5 2.5 2.5 12 2.5 2.5 2.5 13 5 5 5 14 4.5 15 4.5 4.5 VIDEO MODE 2.5 2.5 2.5 16 2.5 2.5 2.5 1 0 0 0 17 2.5 – – 2 2.4 2.4 2.4 18 4.3 – – 3 0 0 0 LOCATION PIN EE PLAY REC 5 5 5 4 2.4 2.4 2.4 20 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 4.3 2.4 4.3 21 2.5 2.5 2.5 6 4.7 4.7 22 2.5 – – 7 1.6 1.6 1.6 23 4.3 – – 8 2.4 1.2 2.4 24 2.5 4.7 2.1 2.1 – – – 13 2.9 2.8 5 0.2 2.4 2.5 14 4.9 4.9 4.9 6 – – – 15 1.8 1.9 1.8 2.9 7 0 0 0 16 2.8 2.8 2.8 8 4.8 3.1 4.8 17 2.2 2.2 2.2 9 0 0 0 18 0 0 10 4.8 4.8 4.8 19 2.2 1.8 2.2 11 0 0 0 20 2.4 2.4 2.4 0 0 21 2.7 2.4 13 5 5 5 22 3.1 3.2 3.1 14 4.8 4.8 4.8 23 1.8 1.9 1.8 15 – – – 24 2.9 2.9 2.9 0 0 IC201 1.6 2.7 0 0 16 0 0 0 17 4.8 4.8 4.8 26 1.9 1.9 1.9 18 4.7 4.7 4.7 27 10.5 10.5 10.5 25 – – – 28 20 – – – 29 1.6 1.6 1.6 21 4.6 0 0 30 3.3 3.3 3.3 0 4.8 4.9 4.9 4.9 2.1 2.1 2.1 0 31 23 – – – 32 0 0 0 24 – – – 33 4.9 4.9 4.9 25 0 0 0 34 0 0 0 26 0 0 0 35 2.5 2.5 2.5 27 – – – 36 1.9 1.9 1.9 3.7 3.8 3.7 28 0 0 0 37 29 – – – 38 1.7 1.7 1.7 30 0 0 0 39 2.3 2.3 2.3 31 0 0 0 40 2.6 2.6 2.6 32 2.3 2.4 2.3 41 4.9 33 2.3 2.4 2.7 42 2.7 2.7 2.7 34 2.3 2.4 2.3 43 2.6 2.8 2.6 35 2.3 2.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0 0 2.3 44 36 2.3 2.3 2.3 45 1.7 1.7 1.7 37 2.3 2.4 2.3 46 1.5 1.5 1.5 38 2.4 4 2.3 47 2.7 2.7 2.7 4.9 2.1 48 4.9 4.9 40 2.4 2.4 2.4 49 1.9 1.8 41 2.4 2.2 2.4 0.7 2.4 50 2.1 2.3 2.1 42 2.4 2.4 2.4 51 2.5 2.5 2.5 43 2.4 2.4 2.4 52 0 0 44 2.4 2.4 2.4 53 2.5 2.5 2.5 45 4.8 4.8 4.8 54 2.5 2.5 2.5 46 1.9 2.8 2.8 1.9 0 55 2.4 2.1 2.4 47 1 1 1 56 2.4 2.1 2.4 48 4.7 4.7 4.7 57 2.5 2.5 2.5 49 1.5 4.7 0 58 2.8 2.7 2.8 50 4.7 4.7 4.7 59 2.4 2.1 2.3 51 4.9 0 0 60 2.4 2.1 2.3 52 4.8 4.8 4.8 61 0.9 0.9 0.9 53 4.8 0 0 62 2.2 0.8 2.2 54 1.3 1.5 1.5 63 3.2 3.2 3.2 55 4.7 4.7 4.7 64 2.7 2.7 56 0 0 0 65 1.4 0 0 57 2 2 2 66 2.8 2.7 2.8 58 2.4 2.3 2.3 67 5 5 5 2.7 59 5.1 5.1 5.1 68 2.5 2.5 2.4 60 2.2 2.2 2.2 69 0 0 0 2.6 64 4.8 4.8 70 0 4.8 73 2.5 2.4 2.5 65 – – – 74 2.4 2.4 2.4 66 – – – 75 0.1 0.1 4.4 2.5 2.5 76 4.6 0 0 77 2.5 2.5 2.5 69 0.8 0.8 0.8 78 2.5 2.5 2.5 33k (maxi) 70 0.4 0.5 0.5 79 2.5 0.2 0.2 80 2.5 2.5 2.5 RE10 1k JPF04 JPF05 (20) (15) 4.9 4.9 2.5 4.9 68 RF93 71 0 0 0 72 4.9 4.9 4.9 73 0 0 0 74 – – – PLAY REC 75 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 2.5 2.5 76 1.5 1.5 1.5 2 2.3 2.3 77 0 0 0 3 2.4 2.5 78 2.2 2.2 2.2 4 2.3 LOCATION PIN EE 1 3 2 1 3 2 0 79 1.9 1.9 1.9 5 2.2 2.2 80 4.8 4.8 4.8 6 1.3 0.9 0 7 2.4 2.4 3 0 0 8 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 4.9 9 0.8 3.7 84 4.9 4.9 4.9 10 0.8 3.7 JPF07 85 4.8 4.8 0 11 0 (12.5) 86 4.9 4.9 4.9 12 0 0 87 4.9 4.9 4.9 13 4.4 4.4 0 0 9 11 10 3 7 8 88 4.9 4.9 89 2.4 2.4 2.3 0 0 4.5 2.4 2.3 17 4.8 4.8 2.4 2.4 18 2.4 2.4 0 19 0 4.8 4.9 IC101 W970 0 15 1.2 0 16 4.8 4.8 1 0 0 0 20 4.9 4.7 4.7 4.7 21 0 96 0 0 0 22 0 0 97 4.5 4.4 4.4 23 3.7 3.7 1.9 1.9 P999 P998 PF99 FRONT R CH IN FRONT L CH IN FRONT V IN 1.9 24 99 2.7 2.6 2.5 25 1.6 2.1 2.8 2.8 2.8 26 2.5 2.5 27 2.4 2.4 LOCATION SK22 POWER 3.7 IC301 3.7 28 4.9 4.9 29 1.8 1.8 30 4.9 4.9 MODE PIN XDS 0 2 0 3 – 4 4.93 5 SK21 EJECT 0 TO 5V 6 0 7 1.428 8 1.456 9 1.0618 10 1.183 PULSE 0 11 WK11 0 100 VIDEO 2 0 95 N.C. N.C. 10 11 9 14 94 98 N.C. N.C. N.C. N.C. POWER SW DIGITAL GND EJECT SW EJECT SW POWER SW DIGITAL GND 6 7 5 4.9 0 90 FCB 8 LINE–2 V IN LINE–2 V IN AUDIO GND LINE–2 L IN VIDEO GND VIDEO GND AUDIO GND LINE–2 L IN 3 2 4 LINE–2 R IN LINE–2 R IN CON FFC 11P MODE 83 1 W970A VIDEO 82 RF02 75 PAUSE SW LINE–2 L IN SX11 2.1 4 CH UP SW DX32 TLN105B 12 4.92 13 1.8666 4.92 0 TO 5V 16 – 17 – 18 – PULSE DX31 TLN105B P960 QX30 RN1401 BUFFER 9 10 1 SX10 RX31 1.2K R575 4.7K 0 2.5 LINE–2 R IN 150 220 470 820 330 RX21 RX22 RX23 150 RX12 220 330 IC920 14 RX30 4.7K 0 12 0 PLAY SW TEST2 25U39149SAN (70113184) 4.9 2.5 JSB CX74 B0.047µ 4.9 2.5 REC SW TEST1 4.9 0 LINE–2 V IN SX01 SX08 +5V S602 70145505 C–IN / REC–INH SW AC CLOCK 0 0.9 15 RERAY CTL F1(+) ZX01 0 0.9 2.6 CX04 47µ6.3V F2(–) 0 16 2.5 QX32 RN1401 C833 KESTU D832 1SS131 15 71 1 2 RX05 47 Q851 KESTU 0 10 72 P970 3 RX17 OUT R850 KESTU VCC RX41 270 RX73 7.5 GND 4.7K E62 KETSU ZX02 GP1U291Q 19 CX73 B0.047µ 0 10 0 HIFI ENV (#59) 1K8 24 824 RX11 R599 1 2.2k 10k C502 0 14.1 1.9 C964 F0.1µ 6K8 30 CH DN SW RX24 29 SX04 STOP SW RX25 28 SX02 0 6 7 5.2 ON / OFF+9V C942 100µ16V RX27 RX26 27 E5V R530 4.7k RX14 26 31 470 25 24 32 DVCC VKK RX15 23 PV / PH RX13 C529 C530 B0.01µ B0.01µ C525 KETSU 33 820 22 0 0 R520 56k R514 47k 1K8 34 RX16 21 4.5 0 1.9 HIFI DET (#66) 6K8 35 CAP PWM SEG16 SEG15 AV LED NC GRIT6 GRIT5 GRIT4 GRIT3 GRIT2 GRIT1 SEG14 SEG13 SEG12 SEG11 SEG10 SEG9 SEG8 SEG7 SEG6 SEG5 SEG4 SEG3 SEG2 SEG1 ECO / ECO LED POWER ON SIGNAL C528 B0.01µ C592 B0.01 F(+) RX23 DRUM PWM CAPSTAN LIMITER 20 4.5 14 5.2 (12.5) 563 19 13 14 0 JPF06 R519 56k 18 0 14 1.9 6 41 (b) 25 17 0 14.1 4.5 5.2 2 HEAD AMP SW 36 16 0 5 0 REC H 15 0 4.5 4 4.8 (a) 25 14 0 2.4 CAP F / R 13 0 2.4 95 12 12 91 37 11 0 93 38 10 0 92 EE / PB / TRICK 9 0 42 V / A SWP(A–FF) 8 3 43 CAP Vcc Mid 7 4.5 PB CTL IN CAP Vcc High 6 4.5 REC CTL OUT 93 5 4.5 44 94 4 11 46 39 3 1.4 45 SENSOR CTL 2 1.4 61 E52 47 INPUT SELECT 2 1 1.4 63 63 C933 10µ16V 48 92 99 0 2 81 40 1 00 1SS176 0 62 50 COLOR ROTARY LOAD FORWARD LOAD BACKWARD END SENSOR BACK–UP +B 1SS131 0.5 4.4 0 33k RF90 27k 38 CF91 1µ50V C935 10µ16V 0.47µ50V C941 B330p 37 49 INPUT SELECT 1 20 0.4 4.5 10 RF92 39 TV / VCR 91 98 R524 4.7k 0.5 9 1 REMOTE IN RMT OUT CTL SCHMITT (3STATE) 500mV(H) / 250mV(M) / RETRIG(L) 8 0 1 D–FG / PG IN 26 CTL AMP GAIN (HIGH SPEED(H) / NORMAL SPEED (L)) START SENSOR REC / INH SP(L) (VIDEO SIGNAL) (NC) 14 0 0 67 33 32 60 51 52 IIC CLOCK IIC DATA 53 14 0 1 (maxi) R592 4.7k 54 55 SHUTTLE 1 / 2 56 SHUTTLE 3 / 4 57 KEY IN 1 AFT 58 KEY IN 2 VIDEO ENV HiFi ENV CAM A CAM B ADGND CAM C ADREF HIFI DET SP / LP / EP TU–REEL FG COPY GUARD SU–REEL FG 1 / 2f0 CLOCK C508 CH8p C507 CH8p DGND X501 16MHz X IN C544 R536 B0.01µ 1k X OUT C510 32kHz5PPM CH15p TEST X502 XT IN RESET TEST1 CAM A 4 XT OUT NC R926 2K7 5 CH11 47µ6.3V D508 ERA15–02 KETSU D507 ERA15–02 D509 ERA15–02 C523 B1000p C524 B1000p R515 47k KETSU R518 R517 12k 10k LOAD FWD W503 LOAD REW CL14 F0.01µ RL21 3.9K RL31 CL10 2SA1162Y RL12 QL02 4.7k 10k RL16 DL12 GND CAM C CAM B 3 2 1 59 MAIN MICROCOMPUTER IC501 44 45 1000u 10V 70430002E EVER 5.6V P801 AC120V 90 96 C527 B0.01 C501 100u 6.3V EVER 14V 50 / 60Hz AUDIO MUTE P2 P1 R871 5K1 OSD RESET 89 38 39 40 41 3 87 88 P4 P3 R801 1 / 2W 3M3 OSD SIO DATA P6 P5 F801A 60 OSD SIO CLK OSD SIO STROBE Q850 KESTU 3 F801 125V1.25A 61 32 33 34 35 2 62 P8 P7 IC502 TA7291S –26V(VKK) C801 63 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 R822 1KG 64 P16 P15 P14 P13 P12 P11 P10 P9 µPC1093J 65 1G Q870 ON3131–RTH 66 POWER GOOD 86 NA REC 27 (7.5) (17.5) 1 Q831 2SC2236Y D831 MTZJ5.1A 67 10 Q825 4 R821 4.7KG 28 68 9 1 D870 ERA15–02 R823 270 NC 27 69 8 C829 35V 10uF 84 R525 CE61 C834 KESTU R870 1 / 2 47K TV / VTR(uP2 STB) 97 BU 5V EVER 5V R824 1.8K 83 48 (10) 70 2 EVER 5V 2 NC 26 25 JP906 21 71 7 3 72 6 Q832 2SC2236Y C824 220µ10v TRF3213 OR LF–20A–183 OR TLF14CB1830R5 0.1µ275V C823 1200µ10V 1 73 C971 22µ16V 40 JP905 PB FM A–SWP 1SS131,1SS176 5G 4G 3G 2G R812 100 T801 4 74 Z602 GP1S566 OR SG–260 D940 5 R807 100 C812 560p 75 62 (a) 36 6G C803 1000p250V C804 3300p 250V 76 E C 24 C969 B0.01µ (b) 36 2 D823 ERA15–02 L822 22µ Q804 ON3131–RTH 77 14.1 9 39 1 JP617 (17.5) NA PB F(–) C811 1000p250V C809 0.027µ (7.5) ON / OFF 5V JP711 (12.5) C.BIAS CTL I / O R523 4.7k 11 R806 510 C802 1000p250V K A SUPLY REEL 1 C831 22µ10v 0 2 PB FM C822 220µ25V D809 AG01 TEST2 TEST3 78 C968 F0.1µ C966 100µ16V 3 4 5 L2(R) 10 125V200mA 79 (a) 35 23 DOC Det. F802 80 85 D503 3 R834 1.2K 1 GND 2 ON / OFF5V Env. Det. C810 TF0.12µ 22 C963 330µ6.3V C936 0.01µ Hi–Fi Det. C542 B0.01µ 6 EVER 14V L821 22µ 21 JP904 REC FM C928 10µ16V REC FM 7 C837 100µ35V C821 820µ25V D835 RK46 20 TUNER(R) 44 AGC Det. 8 4 9 D813 MTZJ5.1A,RD5.1ESAB1 D808 1SS136 Q803 2SC2458Y 8 R526 10k 5 R809 6.8k 19 AGC AMP. R813 KETSU D814 1SS136 LOADING DRIVE IC 4 D812 ERA15–02 18 C940 R ch BPF R814 100 Q802 2SC2458Y R808 2k VCC D830 MB 24V 22µ 17 Noise C. Pulse 8 2 C808 0.012µ A0 C526 KETSU L823 C832 470µ35V 16 3 Q602A HOLD TAPESEN Q602 PHOTO– PT493F TRANSISTOR 6 7 8 9 10 15 (7.5) 1k C932 10µ16V Z.Zap Drive D820 EL1Z L802 R804 C807 JUMPER 2R390 0.047µ 2 1 7 9 D821 RU2YX 2 C920 0.47µ50V TMP93CU76 D829 MTZJ12B RD12ESAB2 3 C814 KETSU R810 1R0.27 MTZJ11B RD11ESAB2 H 11 12 Rch 12 C813 1KV 180P D806 RU1P Q801A HEAT SINK R811 91K TEST –26V(Vkk) D828 7 Q801B ENJI A1 82 4 1 4 C921 0.47µ50V TUNER(L) C930 0.01µ Lch D826 AG–01 L801 ZBF253D–02 10k C533 B0.1µ HW300B(F)–15 Z662 1 MG1 C571 F0.01µ [4.8] (4.7) 4.7 R583 8 22 R846 1.2K Rch MTZJ3.0A RD3.0ESAB1 13 C815 200V 1µ 10k R598 38 MG1 13 14 AUDIO HIFI PROCESSOR Lch RF827 C826 1 / 2FR220 100µ50V R803 2W 47K 4K7 4.5 19 R841 4.7K 58 FM LPT C806 630V 33nF 5 6 ERA15–02 C820 1000p500V 5 R802 510K R597 R529 2.2k (b) C934 10µ16V VCO D510 D827 AG–01 14 R596 10k R528 2.2k C532 B0.1µ IC920 TA1246AF C937 0.01µ C938 22µ16V SW.N.C R527 2.2k 2 R840 22K R923 2k7 TV(R) (4.6V) EVER +37V 16 D804 D802 ERA15–02 ERA15–02 SCL R845 10K D841 MTZJ10B Hi–Fi ALC C827 33µ50V 38 C939 22µ16V ALC Det C828 1000p500V IC (a) MG1 (20) LINE OUT(L) LINE OUT(R) L ch BPF F2(–) 15 6 SDA A2 81 Q601A HOLD TAPESEN JP924 (7.5) JP923 (7.5) FM LPT D805 ERA15–02 R548 4K7 4.5 19 EVER +37V Q840 2SA1162Y BUFFER VCO C825 220µ10V 0.47µ JP001 5 Q842 2SC2712Y SWITCH SW.N.C D803 ERA15–02 IC506 14 D838 ERA15–02 TV(L) F1(+) GND 3 (b) 35 OUT IC505 PST7025 3 C509 CH18p S610 4 R534 30k IN 1 C543 B0.1µ TAKE UP REEL KS24C020 EEPROM IC504 PHOTO– TRANSISTOR C842 22µ16V JP913 A–MUTE BPF Adj. R577 22k [4.8](4.8)4 D825 AG–01 R549 LY89 BLM21A601S R535 47k R533 22k RESET IC E E C C CAM SW 2 HOLD TAPELED Q601 PT493F START SENSOR IC503 TB6515AP DRUM MOTOR DRIVER Z662A 22k EVER 5V T802 TPW3408AD 13 100n 68k RD03 16k R842 10K R922 2k7 R580 1k R572 R571 30k RF841 1 / 2W 2R2 Q841 2SC2236Y R921 5k6 61 K K A A 0 1 70213246 FGOUT T802 H+ 23904054 16 Q804 CD09 47n 12 CD11 ON / OFF 9V 59 2SC2712Y SWITCH 4.5 0 10µ16V Q581 7 0.8 EVER 5V R582 150 0 0.8 QH12 RN1402 D601 GL451V 0 0.8 R521 1 / 6W HOLD HALLSEN HALL SENSOR 2.7k 1 / 6W 0 12 B 23211691 0 3 24546229 T801 0 0.8 0 Vreg RF841 24092581 0 0.8 0 H– 24092581 C811 0 0.8 C 15 C803 E B 7 4.5 0 R 24531221 Q581 4 RF827 2.2k 1 / 6w C561 47µ6.3V MG1 C531 B0.1µ 14 24092581 R815 1.5M 5 C802 R569 R570 10k Vdd 24322278 14 13 R810 C805 220µ200V 6 24092584 14 R593 4.7k PG C804 14 EVER 5.6V C572 F0.01µ 1 12 70424086 7 70175915 R801 R 23904054 P801 C 22 23 Ve Q870 23144581 24082926 0 4.5 4.5 3.2 11 23144558 0 0 4.5 4.5 4.5 0 END SENSOR NO. C801 11.7 0 0 4.5 4.5 3 Moni. PART 11.7 0 MG1 4.5 6 KETSU 18k NO. 12.9 B R522 200 R540 10k LIST LOCATION QH11 2SA1020Y 1 / 6W RH11 2.7k RH13 RH12 10k C512 47µ16V D501 1SS226 C E Q516 Q516 R568 RN1402 2.2k 1 / 6w SWITCH Q515 2SA1020Y SWITCH D601A R502 820 14 5 14 2.8 L 8 20 R509 FG 56k 21 IN R508 C518 FG 1.8k 1µ50V AMP 22 C519 C563 SL100p FG KETSU OUT 23 R539 CTL SCHM 24 10k La 1 VREF 14 14 0 14 0 R920 5k6 R581 1k Lb R538 10k R506 2.2k 2 C522 47µ16V 14 14 0 14.1 2.8 La R 3 19 RH14 10k C548 22µ35V Z601 GP1S566 OR SG–260 F802 F801 CNFB CTL AMP OUT CTL AMP IN CTL OUT C521 SL100p 14 B 4 0 6 0 5.6k NO. CTL IN 18 C562 KETSU DH11 ERA15–02 MG2 D506 ERA15–02 29 30 31 C541 KETSU C511 B1000p C540 SL120p COMPONENTS Q512 2SA1162Y SWITCH 5 4 VCC1 17 B0.01µ ON / OFF5V R501 10k NO. PART R505 470k Q511 2SA1162Y SWITCH RL23 3.9K CL22 F0.01µ R503 470 R504 220k Q510 RN1404 SWITCH FG OUT C547 R510 C520 1.8k 1µ50V R511 56k 16 3 Lc – CTL BIAS CUT GND 7 6 C515 SL330p R513 220k CB– 15 FG IN FG AMP E Q515 – 5 2.8 9 – 2.5 11 4.5 9 37 MG1 4.5 11 R584 1k 10 5 2.5 10 RD04 CD10 GND1 5 C CD08 0.1µ 9 REC 4.5 10 Vcc.2 B RL22 2.2K CD07 2µ2 CD06 RD02 4µ7 10k 22k – CD05 1µ 8 7 2k Q512 2.8 CD03 22µ CD04 RD01 1k 0.1µ 22k 100 CL16 B1000p 2.5 E 6 18k – 8 34 REC 4.5 4.5 0 5.6k – 5 2k 2.5 CB+ PLAY 4.5 4.5 0 GND.2 C CR+ 9 2 – 10 32 33 3 5 – – 14 EE 1 5 – 2 CAP VCC 5 2.5 B C539 120p C513 47µ16V R512 220k 13 CR– 4 C E Q511 MOTOR GND 0 R507 4.7k C–Ref VCC2 11 5 0 GND 0 9 REST R532 4.7k 12 6 B CFGB Q510 RL24 VCO FILTER CL17 180p 0 10 CS R531 4.7k 7 QL12 RN1404 fsc IN 1 CAP REF H RL18 820 CL18 B0.01µ QL11 DL11 RN2404 1SS131 OR 1SS176 RL15 4.7k 11 REC 0 4 C841 22µ16V CYLINDER DRIVE PIN 4.5 3 2.5 STATOR Z661 DMV3 C537 1 Lb B0.01µ 2 Lc C535 B0.01µ MODE 2 0 0 MG1 SERVO 5.6 0 2.5 JP915 (10) C534 10µ25V 5.6 0 2.5 ON–OFF 9V (15) (12.5) 5.7 3 12 JP258 (12.5) 37 2 – PLAY 0 JP914 (12.5) E16 LOCATION 8 RL14 4.7k 8 12 2 CFGA 7 S.CLK S.DATA IN A GND P1 OUT PLAY 3 JP535 C545 47µ16V 9 1SS131 OR 1SS176 UZ11 PBBOARD MAIN P502 CAPSTAN CAP F / R 6 13 EE 0 ADJ SW CLOCK C536 B0.01µ 4.5 0 ENV DET (12.5) EE 1 1 JP526 (12.5) COPY GUARD (#67) PIN 0 – LOCATION MODE REC 0 2 (5) INPUT SELECT1 MODE E µ PC1854AGT FILTER AUDIO PLAY 0 JP706 R JP610 0R PIN ST / SAP R009 R008 KETSU KETSU ON / OFF 9V JP260 (10) C514 47µ16V LOCATION SAP DEMODULATION DATA (#36) REC H 10 5 D.Vcc CL13 KETSU ATT 4 R406 1k KETSU CAP LIMITER RL11 1.8k 14 VIDEO OUT I/P BLOCK D837 ERA15–02 Q411 2SA1162Y BUFFER R261 CAP ERROR 4 BLANK A.Vcc STERO ON / OFF5V EVER 5V RL13 10k 3 CL11 KETSU D/A JP011 (5) JPF08 SERVO DECODER CLOCK ATODETSUKAU RJ201 ON / OFF5V 15 REDUCTION BLOCK D836 ERA15–02 Q252 Q251 2SC2712Y 2SC2712Y R259 C251 R253 R258 1k3 KETSU 20k 150 W101 C413 33p (7.5) D GND I2C BUS EVER14V R405 2.2k IC506 LA7116 VIDEO IN DBX NOISE IC505 SDA ON–OFF 37V VIDEO CTL & CFG AMP IC 2 15 DATA S.R. Q410 2SC2712Y KETSU JP246 KETSU 16 D GND SCL JP903 (7.5) GND E15 16 11 15 17 POW ON / OFF SIG 5V HIFI / CTL(–) 4 Q253 R257 5k1 PV / PH HD 18 L1(L) R256 2k 2 3 (#68) SP / LP / EP Csync IN 19 L1(R) R255 0 HIFI HIFI / CTL(+) (#40) COLOR ROTARY CTL ICL01 TC90A25F–410 RD05 3k 20 12 16 TV / VCR (#68) SP / LP / EP 1 2 CD02 47µ AFT (#58) R007 10k 7 10 HASW LOCATION R006 4.7K JP005 (12.5) CL12 F0.01µ 21 CYLINDER (#89) A.MUTE G 22 CD12 1µ A GND 1 CD01 10n 19 16 DATA CD13 1µ CD14 1µ (20) F ON / OFF5V RD08 0 IC504 JP006 (5) JP008 (5) 9V PL–10µ 18 JP603 (7.5) CRITICAL / SAFETY L002 C005 10µ16V (OS) MODE EE 1 14 BLOCK COMP JP202 (12.5) JP306 (20) 16 C 1 IC503 C308 100n AUDIO OUT D GND C307 100n 10 R309 10k D/A VCC VIDEO CIRCUIT IF AMP ASWP JP274 (7.5) RREF N 1/2 Decoder 2 LPF ICD01 HD IN FE HEAD 9 L301 33µ OFFSET ABSORPTION R005 3K9 (1 / 8W) R003 27K VIDEO TRAP 18 DEC OSC (FROM CYLINDER) (5) P702 L C004 47µ50V D001 UZ33BSD OR RD33ESAB4 15 LA7578N P101 1 0 20k 324 14 LOGIC ENVDET C299 B0.01µ C412 F0.01 R407 R252 L401 KETSU 11 CSYNC 41 52 24 R260 C406 47µ6.3V IF TUNE 23 24 (15) 23 KETSU R251 0R N.C JP709 C410 6n8 22 100 R254 C279 KETSU 21 X401 3.58MHz C405 F0.1µ R297 4.7k 20 40 C408 0.01µ 13 IF OUT C112 1000p BUS CD15 3µ3 MATRIX JP912 (12.5) 19 C409 B6800p 39 LINE OUT(L) HiFi P990 R201 75 GND OUT A MUTE LPF AM DEM (15) LPF SP CF05 10µ16V 20 SWP DET TU(32V) 10µ16V CF04 F0.01µ CF03 KETSU C108 25 R (1 / 8W) R004 3K9 JP911 (12.5) 18 C411 B0.1µ 17 TUNER VIDEO OUT JPF03 SYNC –2.6 dB CW90 12 R002 1K (#50) COMP SYNC R402 27k 16 C301 F0.01µ 15 R403 27k JP248 C415 B0.1µ R296 10k 14 VSS (5) GND1 C404 B3300p Trick / PB / Rec R704 1M C401 C402 1000p 10µ R263 0R 13 C403 0.47µ50V R716 33k 27k C204 F0.01µ 12 JP307 0 R721 KETSU 11 (12.5) 3.8 0 10 CR 0 3.8 R262 KETSU 9 Rec H 0 0 4.6 8 N.C 10µ AVSWP V.SWP ACK EP B Vcc C.Sync out PV / PH / BLK Video out OSD Video in R226 1.5k C236 47µ6.3V R232 2M2 C240 10µ16V C248 1µ50V ACK R R774 1k 5V 15 VDD CSYNC Peak Det. R7751.2k JP705 (12.5) 0 C B 7 Q254 RN1404 SWITCH R720 KETSU R719 10K REC 6 JP252 (15) C720 KETSU A MUTE PLAY R717 C717 1µ50V 27K 5 R401 15k 4 input select 3 C704 22µ16V 2 JP717 JP715 (5) ENV DET C107 B0.01µ 42 53 (12.5) RF02 KETSU L I 2C Bus 1 DET VIDEO 8 RD07 RD06 5k1 16.6k 26 27 C003 4µ716V JP240 SP / LP / EP 25 VCC1 DET B 7 13 JP305 (20) 12 11 Bus Memory C.BIAS 26 B LF01 CD16 10µ CD18 1µ 28 21 B HSW 14 R010 0R TUNING PB(5V) 22 LOGIC VCC FM MOD RF AMP PIF / SIF MIX ENC C220 F0.01 HIFI GND TUNING JPF01 CF02 10µ16V B0.1µ AM MOD 13 LPF I/O Decoder 2 COMP 8 CD17 1µ 10 Output Select.R 3 8db 16db VX0 / X0 C107 P HD PLL A2 54 C270 1µ50V 27 IN1 C278 F0.01µ Rec FM out VCC3 1 MODE E R LOGIC GND 7 KETSU 23 NC PULSE (HIFI) 28 SUB BPF 11 12 6 C273 B0.01µ R779 KETSU Q254 A1 C222 B0.01 VGG BIAS VCO APC DET 29 P ACK Mute BIAS 30 R PB / SP / TRICK SW P BF C BIAS C–COMB 5 DF01 A DRV GATE DRV 4 INPUT SELECT1 24 DRV DRV VIDEO GND 3 25 DET A 43 55 2 S.DATA INPUT SELECT2 C109 1µ50V 10µ16V MAIN BPF B–ACC AMP P R P 9 10 B–ACC DET PB MON C106 C223 KETSU SUB CONV PS B–ID DET JP242 (15) 1 IF AMP Moni. 4 CTL I / O C224 F0.1 JP902 (7.5) F0.01µ ADJ 8 JP249 (5) C111 F0.1µ TUNING RF AMP A AUDIO PB GND 390k 5V VIN 0R C007 KETSU C110 26 A TUNING BPF IN2 JP322 80 EE B–ID LOGIC AFC DET ALC AUDIO BIAS Mute C709 22µ16V PIN P REC MUTE 6 31 VDD1 R C–ACC DET Corrier BPF 0.47µ50V P 1/8 EP ON MAIN LUMINANCE / CHROMINANCE SIGNAL PROCESSOR LOCATION R INV P ACK 1/N AGC 7 SMS JP704 KETSU D002 KETSU 6dB 5 B–EMPH DeEMPH Rec–C–LEV MAIN CONV 27 R103 L202 1µ 32 VSS1 ZAPPING JP227 (15) 6 SDA1 RJ001 (20) 13 17 14 18 9 Output Select.L AUDIO REC 33 B AGC.LEVEL C225 F0.1 Y/C TIME PBEQ 5 C105 KETSU C104 18p 14 C306 33n JP004 8 JP220 (17.5) Peak Det. 6 34 28 RECOVER 4 ADDRESS S.CLOCK MUTE C226 F0.01 VDD2 HIFI VCC C103 35 VSS2 AGC DET B TUNING RF AMP Ext Audio Mute 7 AE HEAD R217 820 CH ACC VIDEO Reg BIAS AFC ID 9dB R SERVO GND PULSE GENERATOR C716 B0.033µ C706 B5600p W701 W701A CON FFC 7P CLAMP R SUB LPF VIDEO REC FM 18µ C228 B4700p C227 B0.01 36 P DPE Rec C LPF REC AMP C775 33µ16V E 37 ATTACK 3 SDA JP010 R C778 KETSU 0 BF 1H DELAY MM1113XS TUNING 29 IREF VIDEO PB FM 7 HIN / XIN R308 6k8 9 OUT(R) Q772 2SC2458Y SWITCH FM DeMOD D.LIM APC ID fH Trap 79 R778 1.5k NL–EMPH DeEMPH P 4FSC VCO Rec ON IC201 TA1251CF [0](0)0.9 P ICF01 R108 C102 N.C 5 100n OUT(L) [8.7] (8.9) 9 R MAIN LPF PB AMP R706 680 R772 2.2 PV / PH MUTE R FB CLAMP R P P 78 Q771 2SC1959Y AMP [8.7] (8.7) 0.2 CLAMP HPF 30 9.1k(1%) F0.01µ L101 6 15 C304 C305 6n8 (20) VCA 2 C229 B0.01 38 C MIX N.C 16 SCK HSYNC C113 47µ16V VIDEO VCC Y C302 470 100n C002 10µ10V 5 6 MIX / OSC AJ605A 1 C101 F0.01µ C230 2.2µ50V 39 Y BIAS VIDEO IN PRE / REC–CTL R303 470 R304 22k JP302 (17.5) 4 R001 1KF SAW RESONATOR TA8894BF C232 68p C001 10µ10V CONTROL PLL PC44818D IC101 SP / EP 3 HA11560FP 17 SDO R302 L3(L) [9] (9) C773 0.1 B0.01µ C774 B0.01µ YNR DOC R FM–MOD PB AMP C715 1µ50V C711 4.7µ35V R705 330 5 C271 B0.1µ P R CLAMP 75 L772 330µ 8.3 R218 KETSU 41 40 AMP R205 100 MB(5V) RF MODULATOR LPF RF SW NC XOUT SEN SCL1 4µ7 2 GND ENV R101 R C703 KETSU C772 47µ16V 42 MUTE L771 125–8129–41 [9] 43 L1 CTL SPLITER C201 470µ6.3V Q210 2SA1362GR H SEL 4 1k L001 PL–4.7µ 100 GCA ANR CH SW C309 1µ Vcc.1 Moni. R713 6.8k L701 8.2m C777 B0.01µ (9) R770 100 44 V / A SWP 1 R301 C303 IC301 Z86131 EDS 18 3 2 Q301 2SC2712Y BUFFER R306 22k S001 SSSF12 ( 23344082 ) (4CH) 4.5M OSC YNR SW TRAP 76 1 2 3 45 2 3 4 D203 KETSU VCC2 SYNC SEP AGC FM AGC PB–FM EQ SP ON R702 1k R709 5.6k 6 46 71 73 R771 36k 5 47 AFM ENV (3CH) 20k LPF R710 12k P FM–AGC DET GND3 72 C701 B560p 48 M.H L P Rec FM EQ DOC DET EP ON R712 240 R711 330k 49 AGC DET S/N JUDGE P 74 4 W/C D/C R PB–C LPF 70 C713 B0.01µ 50 (10) 8 L2(L) C702 10µ16V C712 R707 B3300p 2.7k C714 10µ16V 51 C235 F0.1µ C237 220n R107 1k 1 5 AUDIO IN P R264 KETSU 77 D 52 MAIN EMPH 69 R703 24k C771 TF0.047µ100V 53 R102 1k JP235 (7.5) C233 B0.01 R PB AMP R708 33k C710 560p [4.3] (4.3) 4.8 C776 B220p500V 54 44 CH SW TMDH2 RF OUT EE / PB(R) C707 F0.1µ Q773 RN2403 SWITCH Q775 2SC2712Y SWITCH 55 45 C234 1000p ANT IN 51 P506 GND2 67 [5] (5) 5 R777 2.2k 9p 56 R204 680 JP229 (15) 46 57 C239 KETSU (10) JP287 EE / PB(N) [4.9] (4.9) –23.6 [0.7] (0.7) –23.5 57 66 R776 2.2k [0] (0) –17.4 58 P C268 B0.1µ KETSU [0.7] (0.7) –23.7 59 C TRAP 68 Q774 2SC2712Y SWITCH 60 65 C708 [0] (0) 1.8 61 C241 B0.1µ C242 C247 B0.1µ JP234 D204 0R 0R C844 22µ16V D844 JUMPER 62 48 C243 680p C261 KETSU R262 C843 22µ16V R844 620 D843 MTZJ5.6C 63 R225 1K2 R224 5K1 848 KETSU H001 22R RF VIDEO IN NC I2C SEL P R229 510 49 C263 F0.01 C245 200p C249 56p L208 68µ C238 2µ250V D201 KETSU R203 680 20k LPF R230 0R R227 510 R266 KETSU R228 680R C202 F0.01µ (10) JP228 (5) 3 IN 1 TUNER 1 PNR ON–OFF 5V Q843 2SC2236Y D810 21 PIN 4 IC502 9V GND EE / PB(L) 301 64 C276 15p C244 30p R241 2K2 47 56 1 2 22R R105 JP233 L207 68µ P102 R104 EVR(R) C265 240p (7.5) (7.5) C246 KETSU L206 47µ PB–C in 50 (15) 847 KETSU C203 47µ R238 KETSU R248 100R PB–FM in C264 220p JP277 JP219 R216 KETSU R237 1k JP238 SERVO LOCATION L302 10µ PNR R213 1k L209 22µ R243 KETSU Q215 KETSU Q214 KETSU (7.5) V001 EARTH PLATE [V] : EE (V) : PLAY V : REC EVR(L) B MTZ16A 20 19 PLAY AUDIO REC AUDIO PLAY VIDEO REC VIDEO "KETSU" Input Selector C210 27p Q801 2SK2185 2SK2793 18 L1(R) (1.67) 1.67 JP203 (12.5) D202 KETSU Note : The meaning of is "Not used". Moni. R212 [1.67]100 R211 1.5k J 17 Moni. L205 10µ Q219 KETSU (2.33) 2.33 JP201 (10) I 16 Vref Amp R210 1k [2.33] Q211 2SC2712Y BUFFER K 15 L1(L) [3.25] (3.27) 3.27 R773 6.8k 14 L3(R) JP225 (10) 323 256 LINE OUT(R) (10) LINE–1 L IN (15) LINE–1 R IN JP253 LINE–1 V IN JP211 LINE OUT(V) JP212 (20) 0 13 Divided Circuit Diagram (For Printing) A C 12 QX31 2SC2236Y SWITCH 5.6V RX36 4K7 CX30 82p RX38 0 RX37 0 RX35 4K7 W960A 1 1 5.6V CONN FCC 9P SAT.LED 2 2 SAT. LED N.C. 3 3 J2 DK30 TLN105B WK31 RK31 3K RK32 4.7K RK33 3K RK34 4.7K 1 S1 2 S2 3 S3 4 N.C. 4 4 COM TO GND 5 5 GND 5 S4 SHUTTLE N.C. 6 6 N.C. 6 J2 7 B3 / B4 7 J1 B3 / B4 7 COM N.C. 8 8 5V 8 J1 B1 / B2 9 9 B1 / B2 SHUTTLE 70145518 Fig. 8-2-1 1 2 3 4 5 8-2. Cricuit Diagram A JP322 JP212 (20) R210 1k [2.33] C278 F0.01µ R212 JP203 (12.5) C210 27p R213 1k L207 68µ L206 47µ R241 2K2 R230 0R R229 510 C265 240p ON–OFF 5V VCC3 C702 10µ16V C715 1µ50V INV 4 3 CTL I / O 2 C.BIAS 1 0 C 0 3.8 3.8 B 4.6 0 0 R719 10K C204 F0.01µ JP717 12 JP248 R263 0R Q254 RN1404 SWITCH R720 KETSU R721 KETSU 11 C401 C402 1000p 10µ C415 B0.1µ R402 27k C279 KETSU 14 1 R251 0R 39 C405 F0.1µ R297 4.7k R296 10k 13 C403 0.47µ50V 10 C404 B3300p 9 R401 15k Trick / PB / Rec 8 R262 KETSU JP252 (15) C720 KETSU C406 47µ6.3V L401 KETSU 3 (5) HD IN JP711 (12.5) AUDIO PB GND REC 0 7 5V 5 PLAY 0 6 JP274 (7.5) P702 FE HEAD 2 GND 1 ON / OFF 5V 6 AUDIO REC EE E 5 JP307 AE HEAD Q254 JP715 (5) 7 MODE PIN 4 (12.5) SERVO LOCATION W701 W701A CON FFC 7P 3 C717 1µ50V 27K R779 KETSU C775 33µ16V GND 2 P VCC1 CR C778 KETSU A2 input select MAIN LUMINANCE / CHROMINANCE SIGNAL PROCESSOR R778 1.5k [0](0)0.9 A1 1 IC201 TA1251CF R772 2.2 0 C709 22µ16V R APC DET HD PLL Rec H [8.7] (8.9) 9 Q772 2SC2458Y SWITCH C706 B5600p VCO P Mute BIAS C704 22µ16V [8.7] (8.7) 0.2 R AUDIO BIAS Mute SUB CONV SW EP ON 80 Corrier BPF PS B–ID DET R ALC 79 P 1/8 B–ID LOGIC AFC DET P C716 B0.033µ R706 680 C772 47µ16V P REC MUTE REC AMP 78 R705 330 Q771 2SC1959Y AMP C773 B0.01µ C774 B0.01µ MAIN CONV ACK 1/N R R704 1M [9] (9) 0.1 VIDEO Reg BIAS AFC ID 9dB C711 4.7µ35V L771 125–8129–41 8.3 C.BIAS CTL I / O F PV / PH JP202 (12.5) JP246 (7.5) ON / OFF5V 2 HD 3 VIDEO IN 16 D GND 15 BLANK 14 A.Vcc CL13 ETSU Csync IN 1 KETSU CL10 CL12 F0.01µ CL14 F0.01µ ICL01 TC90A25F–410 RL21 3.9K ON / OFF5V G RL12 4.7k P ACK APC ID fH Trap 76 C777 B0.01µ (9) R SUB LPF PULSE GENERATOR C703 KETSU JP705 (12.5) R770 100 FB CLAMP MUTE L701 8.2m [9] R773 6.8k PV / P MUTE R 75 L772 330µ AMP R Rec C LPF Rec ON R716 33k 1 FM DeMOD D.LIM PB AMP 27k 2 AGC MAIN LPF P R717 3 CLAMP PB AMP A MUTE 6 FM–MOD FM AGC PB–FM EQ SP ON R713 6.8k R702 1k R771 36k 5 M.H L AGC DET R P FM–AGC DET 73 C701 B560p P ACK R710 12k 5 R W/C D/C Rec FM EQ GND3 77 D E R711 330k 51 71 72 R709 5.6k 4 52 P DOC DET EP ON 70 C713 B0.01µ R703 24k C771 TF0.047µ100V 53 S/N JUDGE PB–C LPF C712 R707 B3300p 2.7k 74 C776 B220p500V 54 R P R712 240 C714 10µ16V Q773 RN2403 SWITCH Q775 2SC2712Y SWITCH 55 57 R R264 KETSU R708 33k C710 560p R7751.2k [4.3] (4.3) 4.8 R777 2.2k [0.7] (0.7) –23.5 0 56 PB AMP 69 [5] (5) 5 R776 2.2k [0] (0) –17.4 57 C239 KETSU MAIN EMPH 67 C707 F0.1µ R774 1k Q774 2SC2712Y SWITCH 58 P C TRAP C268 B0.1µ KETSU [4.9] (4.9) –23.6 [0.7] (0.7) –23.7 59 66 C708 [0] (0) 1.8 60 9p GND2 68 C 61 C241 B0.1µ C242 C247 B0.1µ 65 C844 22µ16V D844 JUMPER 62 0R R844 620 D843 MTZJ5.6C 63 C243 680p C261 KETSU R262 C843 22µ16V Q843 2SC2236Y 64 49 C263 F0.01 C 2µ R403 27k 301 50 C264 220p R225 1K2 R224 5K1 48 C248 1µ50V PB–C in R237 1k R227 R228 510 680R R266 KETSU C245 200p C249 56p L208 68µ PB–FM in 47 C276 15p C244 30p R216 KETSU L209 22µ C246 KETSU R238 KETSU R248 100R C240 10µ16V R211 1.5k Rec FM out [1.67]100 (1.67) 1.67 JP201 (10) B Q219 KETSU (2.33) 2.33 Q211 2SC2712Y BUFFER R226 1.5k [3.25] (3.27) 3.27 SERVO LOCATION PIN EE 6 7 8 9 JP212 (20) 10 JP211 JP253 (15) (10) 11 LINE OUT(V) 5 JP238 JP277 (15) (7.5) P990 (7.5) 847 KETSU C203 47µ JP219 OSD Video in 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 R107 1k V / A SWP 4 D203 KETSU GND ENV R101 5 100 YNR SW R218 KETSU 41 C271 B0.1µ IC101 SP / EP PRE / REC–CTL TA8894BF D204 0R Y BIAS CLAMP FB CLAMP R P P R P 1H DELAY R217 820 4FSC VCO ACK R B–EMPH DeEMPH Rec–C–LEV ACK MAIN CONV P ACK C–COMB B–ACC DET VDD1 31 BF 30 C BIAS 29 6 7 JP249 (5) JP242 (15) R 27 8db 16db VCO VX0 / X0 MIX 26 22 B 21 COMP 14 B DET ENV DET C107 B0.01µ 15 B ENVDET 6 7 8 C 10µ CF04 F0.01µ CF03 KETSU C108 CF05 10µ16V C112 1000p SWP DET LPF 19 AVSWP DET AM DEM LF01 20 HSW ENC 42 53 HIFI GND LOGIC VCC FM MOD B C107 C220 F0.01 P 18 BUS 17 DEC 16 LOGIC OSC DATA JP240 SP / LP / EP 25 VCC1 LOGIC GND 5 B0.1µ AM MOD 13 54 C270 1µ50V VGG BIAS SUB BPF 12 4 KETSU 23 DRV NC PULSE (HIFI) R PB / SP / TRICK ACK VIDEO GND 3 10µ A GATE DRV 11 2 DF01 24 DRV DRV 10µ16V 1 25 DET A 43 55 JP902 (7.5) 26 A C109 1µ50V MON 9 C106 28 C111 F0.1µ C110 F0.01µ PB ADJ 8 5V C222 B0.01 P SW APC DET L202 1µ C224 F0.1 MAIN BPF B–ACC AMP P B–ID DET 0.47µ50V 390k C223 KETSU SUB CONV PS 32 27 R103 33 VSS1 28 B AGC 10 R 1/8 B–ID LOGIC C104 18p JP227 (15) 5 C105 KETSU P C–ACC DET Corrier BPF ZAPPING HIFI VCC C103 34 VDD2 AGC DET RECOVER AGC.LEVEL C225 F0.1 Y/C TIME B PBEQ MUTE C226 F0.01 VSS2 CH ACC ATTACK 3 4 35 TRAP VIDEO Reg BIAS C228 B4700p C227 B0.01 36 R Rec C LPF VIDEO REC FM 18µ CLAMP DPE VIDEO PB FM 37 BF P MAIN LPF C102 F0.01µ L101 CK OD NL–EMPH DeEMPH 38 A.SWP R MM1113XS 29 IREF 9.1k(1%) C229 B0.01 P R CLAMP 2 V.SWP PV / PH MUTE ICF01 R108 C230 2.2µ50V 39 LPF AMP R YNR DOC 30 VCA A AGC P ANR MIX –2.6 dB MAIN EMPH GCA SYNC SEP Y SP M.H L AGC DET C113 47µ16V VIDEO VCC C EP W/C D/C 1 C101 F0.01µ C232 68p 40 SYNC VCC2 R MUTE GND2 P SW1 50 C201 470µ6.3V Q210 2SA1362GR R205 100 IN3 51 C235 F0.1µ C237 220n (7.5) C233 B0.01 L1 CTL OUT 52 C234 1000p 2 3 Vcc 53 57 AFM ENV 1 R102 1k JP235 IN1 54 44 C231 2.2µ50V p 51 45 C.Sync out 42 46 PV / PH / BLK C240 10µ16V C239 KETSU R232 2M2 1.5k C241 B0.1µ 55 Video out C243 680p C261 KETSU R204 680 JP229 (15) P506 C236 47µ6.3V R227 510 R266 KETSU C238 2µ250V (10) (10) JP228 (5) SW2 47 56 C276 15p 28 0R 5V JP233 L207 68µ D201 KETSU R203 680 848 KETSU JP234 (7.5) C246 KETSU C202 F0.01µ R201 75 Q214 KETSU HiFi D202 KETSU R243 KETSU Q215 KETSU GND L205 10µ IN2 323 256 JP225 (10) (5) GND1 C273 B0.01µ JP248 R402 27k 16 17 18 19 C409 B6800p C408 0.01µ 39 21 X401 3.58MHz 40 22 23 24 R254 R255 0 R256 2k (FROM CYLINDER) 1 VIDEO(–) 5 VIDEO(+) Q252 Q251 2SC2712Y 2SC2712Y R259 C251 R253 R258 1k3 KETSU 20k 150 W101 VIDEO R405 2.2k C413 33p Q411 2SA1162Y BUFFER 0 20k S.R. Q410 2SC2712Y KETSU R260 324 GND Q253 R252 L401 KETSU 3 R298 470 JP903 (7.5) HIFI / CTL(–) 4 R408 1k HIFI HIFI / CTL(+) 2 R299 470 R257 5k1 5V JP307 (12.5) CR R251 0R P101 R407 KETSU C406 47µ6.3V CYLINDER C299 B0.01µ C412 F0.01 100 C405 F0.1µ 7 k 20 C411 B0.1µ 15 C410 6n8 14 R403 27k 401 C402 0p 10µ R261 R406 1k JP259 (#53) SCL KETSU (#52) SDA (7.5) (#36) REC H ASWP HD IN ON / OFF 5V ATODETSUKAU RJ201 JP610 INPUT SELECT1 JP526 ENV DET (12.5) (12.5) COPY GUARD (#67) 0R COMP JP535 (#89) A.MUTE (12.5) (#40) COLOR ROTARY CTL (#68) SP / LP / EP HASW (#68) SP / LP / EP E15 7 17 FG 18 16 C521 SL100p C562 KETSU B0.01µ D506 ERA15–02 KETSU CTL BIAS FG IN FG AMP W503 R510 C520 1.8k 1µ50V 507 15–02 CB– R511 56k R515 47k CB+ 15 Q515 C547 18 R517 k 10k 9 8 34 2 10 CR+ 3 LOAD FWD SERVO 1 R512 14 4 LOAD REW CAP VCC MOTOR GND R507 C539 120p CR– 5 REC GND PLAY C513 47µ16V 11 6 EE CFGB PIN (15) (12.5) LOCATION 32 33 7 LOCATION CAP REF C514 47µ16V 13 8 R532 4.7k MODE SERVO CFGA 1 R531 4.7k C–Ref VCC2 9 2 E16 C545 47µ16V 12 10 ON / OFF5V CAP F / R IC506 LA7116 P246 7.5) CAP LIMITER P502 CAPSTAN CAP ERROR EVER 5V CTL & CFG AMP IC 24 B1000p 9 SU 13 C301 F0.01µ 12 C404 B3300p 11 C403 0.47µ50V 10 41 52 DH11 ERA15–02 MG2 RH14 10k C548 22µ35V QH11 2SA1020Y 1 / 6W RH11 Q515 2SA1020Y SWITCH R570 10k Q516 R568 RN1402 2.2k 1 / 6w SWITCH Q516 R569 2.2k 1 / 6w Q581 MODE PIN EE PLAY E 14 14 B 14 14 REC 14 C 12.9 11.7 11.7 E 0 0 14 0 B 0 0 0 C 14 14 14 E 0 0 0 B 0.8 0.8 0.8 13 14 P990 1 2 9V GND 3 IN 1 TUNER H001 JP287 ANT IN 8 (3CH) 1 Q301 2SC2712Y BUFFER R306 22k S001 SSSF12 ( 23344082 ) (4CH) AUDIO IN R936 820 R937 820 5 C303 4.5M OSC CH SW 4µ7 2 L001 PL–4.7µ SPLITER C201 470µ6.3V Q210 2SA1362GR 205 00 CH SW TMDH2 RF OUT (10) R201 75 R204 680 RF VIDEO IN "KETSU" L302 10µ 22R C980 3n3 C981 3n3 R202 75 R203 680 17 V001 EARTH PLATE 22R D201 KETSU 16 P102 R104 R105 C202 F0.01µ 15 Note : The meaning of is "Not used". LINE OUT(L) LINE OUT(R) LINE–1 R IN LINE OUT(V) HiFi LINE–1 L IN 12 LINE–1 V IN 11 MB(5V) RF MODULATOR LPF C001 10µ10V HA11560FP RF SW R302 3 CONTROL R001 1KF SAW RESONATOR VIDEO IN MIX / OSC AJ605A C302 470 100n C002 10µ10V 5 6 PLL PC44818D R303 470 R304 22k JP302 (17.5) 4 N.C 6 N.C 7 C305 6n8 9 JP010 (20) HPF ICF01 MM1113XS TUNING TUNING RF AMP ADDRESS JP220 (17.5) (20) 13 17 14 18 S.CLOCK JP704 KETSU 9 TUNING IN3 SW1 3 SW2 OUT 2 GND Vcc 1 IN2 IN1 BPF 4 5 6 7 8 TUNING RF AMP IF AMP LPF TUNING RF AMP R010 0R TUNING CD16 10µ CD 3 CW90 C003 4µ716V N.C 12 TU(32V) 13 L C004 47µ50V (15) JPF03 N.C 14 15 PIF / SIF LA7578N IF AMP MATRIX D/A 1/2 VIDEO TRAP VIDEO CIRCUIT 23 24 N OFFSET ABSORPTION R005 3K9 (1 / 8W) R003 27K D001 UZ33BSD OR RD33ESAB4 IF OUT IF TUNE 25 R (1 / 8W) R004 3K9 R002 1K TUNER VIDEO OUT 10µ16V CF05 10µ16V 26 27 11 (12.5) RF02 KETSU CD18 1µ 28 PB(5V) JPF01 CF02 10µ16V KETSU CF04 F0.01µ CD17 1µ 10 C007 KETSU INPUT SELECT1 CF03 KETSU D002 KETSU S.DATA INPUT SELECT2 DF01 JP004 8 VCC STERO I/ BLOCK A AUDIO OUT 16 4.5MHZ FM DET SIF OUT Q001 2SC2412KQ OR 2SC1623–L5 17 BPF L002 C005 10µ16V (OS) AFT 9V PL–10µ 1 VIDEO OUT 2 C006 0.022µ R006 4.7K 19 R007 10k 7 10 CD02 47µ AFT (#58) 3 4 5 6 CD03 22µ CD04 RD01 1k 0.1µ CD01 10n 18 CD05 1µ C 2 CD06 RD 4µ7 10 JP011 (5) JP005 (20) CSYNC JP706 KETSU ON– DATA (#50) COMP SYNC CLOCK W101 ON / OFF 9V ON / OFF 9V JP911 (12.5) JP914 (12.5) TUNER AUDIO R OUT TUNER AUDIO L OUT C841 22µ16V JPF08 R JP909 JP910 JP582 (7.5) COPY GUARD (#67) IIC CLOCK(53) V / A SWP REC H (10) JP917 (12.5) RF OUT IIC DATA(52) BPF Adj. 2 1 JP612 C D FGOUT JP611 (10) (7.5) P Decoder I 2C Bus 18 Bus Memory 17 I/O Decoder 3 2 Output Select.R H 2 1 EE / PB(R) 4 3 Input Selector HW300B(F)–15 Z662 1 MG1 4 1(R) H+ 0.8 16 0.8 IC503 TB6515AP DRUM MOTOR DRIVER Z662A 15 16 B 0.8 3 B Vreg 0 H– 0 15 0 4 E C533 B0.1µ 5 GND1 14 14 0 0 14 38 R 5 0 0 14 Vdd 0 0 C 13 E B MG1 C531 R593 B0.1µ 4.7k Moni. 6 11.7 PG 11.7 12 12.9 (b) MG1 6 7 EE / PB(N) 7 C MG1 8 9 EE / PB(L) R 14 10 Moni. 8 14 38 C532 B0.1µ 11 12 Moni. La 14 MG1 13 6dB Ve 11 Lb B MG1 R522 200 14 AUDIO HIFI PROCESSOR 22k 14 C963 330µ6.3V 2k REC 14 TUNER(R) C936 0.01µ 58 22k PLAY 14 C928 10µ16V C930 0.01µ 2k EE E IC920 TA1246AF C920 0.47µ50V 18k MODE PIN (a) JP923 (7.5) C934 10µ16V 5.6k RVO ON C534 10µ25V IC C937 0.01µ C938 22µ16V L R MG1 CYLINDER DRIVE C939 22µ16V OUT(R) Lc (7.5) LINE OUT(R) R521 1 1 / 6W (20) LINE OUT(L) A 9 (#68) SP / LP / EP JP924 (7.5) C921 0.47µ50V TUNER(L) C932 10µ16V Output Select.L 37 37 JP913 A–MUTE Peak Det. R580 1k Ext Audio Mute R581 1k R845 10K R923 2k7 R922 2k7 La 10 JP602 R921 5k6 R920 5k6 R584 1k OUT(L) 3 D841 MTZJ10B L3(L) C535 B0.01µ C842 22µ16V STATOR Z661 DMV3 C537 1 Lb B0.01µ 2 Lc D838 ERA15– R842 10K Vref Amp JP603 (7.5) HASW (7.5) (5) C536 B0.01µ RF841 1 / 2W 2R2 Q841 2SC2236Y ON–OFF 9V JP915 (10) L1(L) (12.5) JP258 (12.5) JP260 (10) L3(R) (7.5) JP912 (12.5) ON / OFF5V JP257 JP259 17 : meaning of Not used". 18 [V] : EE (V) : PLAY V : REC PLAY AUDIO REC AUDIO PLAY VIDEO REC VIDEO "KETSU" 20 19 SERVO LOCATION L302 10µ MODE Q301 2SC2712Y BUFFER R306 22k R301 C303 C309 1µ NC I2C SEL IC301 Z86131 EDS 18 2 H SEL NC 17 3 XOUT SDO 16 SCL1 4 SCK SEN 15 1k 4µ7 5 HIN / XIN SDA 14 6 SMS VIN 7 VIDEO VDD 13 JP305 (20) 12 8 CSYNC VSS 11 9 LPF R302 R303 470 R304 22k C302 470 100n SDA1 C304 L301 33µ 100n RREF C307 100n 10 IC503 C308 100n R309 10k R308 6k8 C305 6n8 C306 33n JP306 (20) PLAY REC PIN EE 0 0 0 1 4.5 4.5 2 5.7 5.6 5.6 2 4.5 4.5 4.5 3 0 0 0 3 4.5 4.5 4.5 (20) RJ001 JP004 (20) 17 0R JP704 KETSU CD17 1µ CD16 10µ CD15 3µ3 RD08 0 CD14 1µ RD07 RD06 5k1 16.6k 8 26 27 L 25 R 23 24 22 21 CD12 1µ RD05 3k 20 JP006 (5) JP008 (5) CD13 1µ 19 18 16 15 D GND SCL DBX NOISE I2C BUS REDUCTION BLOCK DECODER MATRIX 12 16 11 15 17 N IC504 OFFSET ABSORPTION IC505 SDA D/A ICD01 D/A 1/2 STERO BLOCK VCC SAP I/P ST / SAP DEMODULATION ATT µ PC1854AGT FILTER ADJ SW BLOCK A GND V 2 3 4 5 6 CD03 22µ CD04 RD01 1k 0.1µ CD02 47µ CD05 1µ 8 7 CD07 2µ2 CD08 0.1µ 9 10 11 CD09 47n 12 CD11 13 IC506 RD04 CD10 CD06 RD02 4µ7 10k 68k RD03 16k 0.47µ JP001 5 R009 R008 KETSU KETSU TV / VCR ON–OFF 37V DATA CLOCK D838 ERA15–02 R842 10K Q842 2SC2712Y SWITCH – 4 0 0 0 5 4.5 4.5 4.5 14 14 6 4.5 4.5 4.5 7 0 0 0 7 4.5 4.5 4.5 8 14.1 14 14 8 0.5 0.4 0.5 9 0 0 0 9 4.5 4.4 1 0 1 1 10 0 0 0 2 1.4 1.4 1.4 11 4.5 4.5 4.5 3 0 0 0 12 0 0 0 4.5 R921 5k6 D837 ERA15–02 C921 0.47µ50V R923 2k7 TUNER(L) C920 0.47µ50V C928 10µ16V 4 TUNER(R) C936 0.01µ 3 C963 330µ6.3V 2 L3(R) L1(L) 2k C971 22µ16V 48 Vref Amp 47 Moni. GND1 C922 1µ50V R924 3K3 L1(R) L1(L) 22k R926 2K7 46 R927 2K7 45 C923 IC501 R925 4.5 0 0 0 13 4.5 4.5 5 14.1 14 14 14 0 0 4.5 4.5 0 6 0 0 0 15 0 0 0 7 14.1 10 10 16 0.9 0.9 0.9 8 4.9 4.9 14.1 10 10 17 9 14.1 10 10 18 4.9 4.9 4.9 10 0 0 0 19 4.5 4.6 4.5 11 0 2.7 2.6 20 0 0 4.9 0 12 0 0 0 21 0 0 0 13 4.9 5.1 5.1 22 0 0 2.3 23 4.9 3.1 3.2 3.2 4.9 4.9 15 0.6 0.6 0.6 24 0 0.9 1 16 0.8 0.7 0.7 25 2.1 2.1 2.1 1 0 0 0 26 0 1.4 2 2 0 0 IC920 0 27 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 28 4.5 4.5 4.5 4 0 0 0 29 0 0 5 4.9 4.9 4.9 30 2.2 0.8 2.2 6 4.9 4.9 4.9 31 4.4 4.4 4.4 32 0 7 0 0 0 0.4 0.2 0.4 8 4.8 4.8 4.8 33 4.5 0.2 4.5 1 4.8 4.8 4.7 34 4.5 4.5 2 0 0 0 35 4.5 4.5 4.5 3 4.8 4.8 4.8 36 4.5 4.5 4.5 – 4.5 1 0 – 37 2 2.4 – – 38 4.4 4.4 4.4 3 2.5 – – 39 4.4 4.4 4.4 4 2.5 2.5 – 40 0 0 0 5 2.5 2.5 – 41 4.4 4.4 4.4 6 0 0 0 42 0 0 0 7 2.5 2.5 2.5 43 4.4 4.4 4.6 8 2.5 2.5 2.5 44 0 0 0 4.4 9 9 9 9 2.5 2.5 2.5 45 4.4 4.4 10 2.5 2.5 2.5 46 0 0 0 11 2.5 2.5 2.5 47 4.5 4.4 4.4 12 2.5 2.5 2.5 48 4.4 4.5 4.5 PLAY 5 5 5 14 4.5 4.5 4.5 15 2.5 2.5 2.5 PIN EE 16 2.5 2.5 2.5 1 0 0 0 17 2.5 – – 2 2.4 2.4 2.4 18 4.3 – – 3 0 0 0 VIDEO LOCATION MODE REC 19 5 5 5 4 2.4 2.4 2.4 20 2.5 2.5 2.5 5 4.3 2.4 4.3 2.5 21 2.5 2.5 6 22 2.5 – – 7 1.6 1.6 1.6 23 4.3 – – 8 2.4 1.2 2.4 24 2.5 4.7 4.7 4.7 2.5 2.5 9 1 0 0 0 10 0 0 0 2 0 2.5 0 11 2.8 2.8 2.8 3 0 3.2 0 12 0.8 0.8 0.8 2.1 2.1 2.1 4 – – – 13 2.9 2.8 5 0.2 2.4 2.5 14 4.9 4.9 4.9 6 – – – 15 1.8 1.9 1.8 2.9 7 0 0 0 16 2.8 2.8 2.8 8 4.8 3.1 4.8 17 2.2 2.2 2.2 9 0 0 0 18 0 0 10 4.8 4.8 4.8 19 2.2 1.8 2.2 11 0 0 0 20 2.4 2.4 2.4 0 0 21 2.7 2.4 13 5 5 5 22 3.1 3.2 3.1 14 4.8 4.8 4.8 23 1.8 1.9 1.8 15 – – – 24 2.9 2.9 2.9 0 0 IC201 1.6 0 2.7 0 16 0 0 0 17 4.8 4.8 4.8 26 1.9 1.9 1.9 18 4.7 4.7 4.7 27 10.5 10.5 10.5 25 – – – 28 20 – – – 29 1.6 1.6 1.6 21 4.6 0 0 30 3.3 3.3 3.3 0 4.8 4.9 4.9 4.9 2.1 2.1 2.1 0 31 23 – – – 32 0 0 0 24 – – – 33 4.9 4.9 4.9 25 0 0 0 34 0 0 0 26 0 0 0 35 2.5 2.5 2.5 27 – – – 36 1.9 1.9 1.9 28 0 0 0 37 3.7 3.8 29 – – – 38 1.7 1.7 1.7 30 0 0 0 39 2.3 2.3 2.3 31 0 0 0 40 2.6 2.6 2.6 32 2.3 2.4 2.3 41 4.9 33 2.3 2.4 2.7 42 2.7 2.7 2.7 34 2.3 2.4 2.3 43 2.6 2.8 2.6 35 2.3 2.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0 3.7 0 2.3 44 36 2.3 2.3 2.3 45 1.7 1.7 1.7 37 2.3 2.4 2.3 46 1.5 1.5 1.5 38 2.4 4 2.3 47 2.7 2.7 2.7 4.9 2.1 48 4.9 4.9 40 2.4 2.4 2.4 49 1.9 1.8 41 2.4 2.4 2.4 50 2.1 2.3 2.1 42 2.4 2.4 2.4 51 2.5 2.5 2.5 43 2.4 2.4 2.4 52 0 0 44 2.4 2.4 2.4 53 2.5 2.5 2.5 45 4.8 4.8 4.8 54 2.5 2.5 2.5 46 1.9 2.8 2.8 39 1 4.5 4 22 R846 1.2K 4.5 14.1 19 R841 4.7K D836 ERA15–02 R840 22K EVER14V Q840 2SA1162Y BUFFER R845 10K POW ON / OFF SIG D841 MTZJ10B EVER +37V REC 6 12 RF841 1 / 2W 2R2 Q841 2SC2236Y – PLAY 5 13 14 100n – LOCATION MODE EE 1 14 HSYNC JP010 AUDIO PIN 4 IC502 1 21 2.2 0.7 1.9 0 55 2.4 2.1 2.4 47 1 1 1 56 2.4 2.1 2.4 48 4.7 4.7 4.7 57 2.5 2.5 2.5 49 1.5 4.7 0 58 2.8 2.7 2.8 50 4.7 4.7 4.7 59 2.4 2.1 2.3 51 4.9 0 0 60 2.4 2.1 2.3 L1(R) Moni. Input Selector P D JP202 (12.5) JP246 (7.5) ON / OFF5V ON / OFF5V 4 RL11 1.8k 5 DL12 6 7 UZ11 PBBOARD MAIN H RL18 820 CL18 B0.01µ QL12 RN1404 8 VIDEO IN D GND 15 BLANK 14 A.Vcc VIDEO OUT D.Vcc 13 S.CLK 12 S.DATA IN 11 A GND P1 OUT fsc IN SERVO LOCATION PIN 0 B 0 C 5 E 2.5 Q511 B 2 C 2.5 E 2.5 Q512 B 5 C 2.5 RL24 9 REST 100 CL16 B1000p EE E Q510 10 CS VCO FILTER CL17 180p CL13 KETSU RL31 CL10 2SA1162Y RL12 QL02 4.7k 10k RL16 2 3 CL11 KETSU QL11 DL11 RN2404 1SS131 OR 1SS176 RL15 4.7k 16 KETSU 1SS131 OR 1SS176 RL14 4.7k HD 1 CL14 F0.01µ Csync IN CL12 F0.01µ RL13 10k RL21 3.9K ICL01 TC90A25F–410 KETSU G RL22 2.2K RL23 3.9K CL22 F0.01µ R501 10k C511 B1000p SL CRITICAL / SAFETY LOCATION I COMPONENTS NO. PART NO. LIST LOCATION NO. PART NO. F801 23144558 Q870 23904054 F802 23144581 P801 70175915 C801 24082926 R801 70424086 C804 24092584 R810 24322278 C802 24092581 RF827 24531221 C803 24092581 RF841 24546229 C811 24092581 T801 23211691 Q804 23904054 T802 70213246 D825 AG–01 T802 TPW3408AD D803 ERA15–02 C825 220µ10V D805 ERA15–02 15 C828 1000p500V C827 33µ50V 6 16 D804 D802 ERA15–02 ERA15–02 D827 AG–01 14 C820 1000p500V 5 R802 510K C805 220µ200V C806 630V 33nF RF827 C826 1 / 2FR220 100µ50V R803 2W 47K MTZJ3.0 RD3.0ES 13 R815 1.5M J D826 AG–01 L801 ZBF253D–02 C815 200V 1µ 4 12 Q801 2SK2185 2SK2793 3 D820 EL1Z D821 RU2YX Q801B ENJI L802 R804 C807 JUMPER 2R390 0.047µ D810 R814 100 R811 91K 2 C808 0.012µ Q802 R813 2SC2458Y KETSU R808 2k D814 1SS136 D812 ERA15–02 R809 6.8k D835 RK46 L821 22µ R834 1.2K 1 F802 10 125V200mA D808 1SS136 Q803 2SC2458Y C 100 C821 820µ25V 9 D813 MTZJ5.1A,RD5.1ESAB1 C810 TF0.12µ 22µ 4 2 MTZ16A D L823 C832 470µ35V 8 C814 KETSU D MTZJ12B RD12ESAB2 7 Q801A HEAT SINK R810 1R0.27 MTZJ11B RD11ESAB2 C813 1KV 180P D806 RU1P 1 C822 220µ25V D809 AG01 C831 22µ10 11 K R806 510 C802 1000p250V C811 1000p250V C809 0.027µ C804 3300p 250V R807 100 C812 560p R812 100 T801 C824 220µ10v 3 2 R824 1.8K C829 35V 10uF 1 4 2 3 F801 125V1.25A P801 AC120V 50 / 60Hz R801 1 / 2W 3M3 Q825 Q870 ON3131–RTH D870 ERA15–02 F801A Q832 2SC2236Y 1 R870 1 / 2 47K C801 0.1µ275V 4 C823 1200µ10V TRF3213 OR LF–20A–183 OR TLF14CB1830R5 L L822 22µ Q804 ON3131–RTH C803 1000p250V 3 R871 5K1 µPC1093J AC CLOCK R823 270 R821 4.7KG R822 1KG Q831 2SC2236Y D831 MTZJ5.1A CH11 47µ6.3V D508 ERA15–02 KETSU D507 ERA15–02 D509 ERA15–02 C523 B1000p C524 B1000p R515 47k R570 10k 2.2k 1 / 6w D601A D601 GL451V R582 150 R527 2.2k R596 10k 82 7 8 C542 B0.01µ 86 OSD SIO DATA 10k 87 OSD SIO STROBE 0 R549 R548 4K7 4K7 27 R546 1k C504 47µ6.3V C508 CH8p C507 CH8p 73 72 DGND X501 16MHz C544 R536 B0.01µ 1k 74 28 71 70 69 68 67 66 65 64 63 62 61 OSD RESET 89 AUDIO MUTE 90 NC 91 INPUT SELECT 1 92 INPUT SELECT 2 93 CAP Vcc High 94 CAP Vcc Mid MAIN MICROCOMPUTER IC501 IC502 TA7291S C592 B0.01 8 9 10 11 12 13 GRIT1 7 SEG14 SEG8 6 SEG13 SEG7 5 SEG12 SEG6 2 3 4 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 824 4.7K CE61 1000u 10V 70430002E E62 Q831 2SC2236Y C502 19 CX73 B0.047µ KETSU RX41 270 RX73 7.5 F(+) RX23 SEG5 1 10k Q850 KESTU C501 100u 6.3V EVER 5V C834 KESTU SEG4 R525 1 BU 5V EVER 5V SEG3 1 00 1SS176 2 R850 KESTU DX40 TLS188AP POWER 44 45 D823 ERA15–02 1SS131 20 SEG2 99 SEG1 98 R524 4.7k ECO / ECO LED 97 CTL AMP GAIN (HIGH SPEED(H) / NORMAL SPEED (L)) START SENSOR REC / INH SP(L) (VIDEO SIGNAL) (NC) POWER ON SIGNAL BACK–UP +B 3 CTL SCHMITT (3STATE) 500mV(H) / 250mV(M) / RETRIG(L) 96 D503 R834 1.2K CAP F / R 95 R523 4.7k C527 B0.01 4 D831 MTZJ5.1A C510 32kHz5PPM CH15p 10k R598 LOAD FORWARD LOAD BACKWARD END SENSOR C528 B0.01µ 7 5 Q832 2SC2236Y X502 R597 6 4 v OSD SIO CLK R529 2.2k R526 10k 8 C831 22µ10v TV / VTR(uP2 STB) NC 85 R528 2.2k D830 EVER 14V C822 220µ25V 75 NC 83 84 88 LOADING DRIVE IC D829 C837 100µ35V L821 22µ 0 TMP93CU76 MB 24V 22µ 0 CAM A VCC 9 C832 470µ35V C ADGND A0 C526 KETSU L823 0 0.8 CAM B 1 6 –26V(Vkk) D828 MTZJ12B RD12ESAB2 0 0.8 CAM C TEST ERA15–02 MTZJ11B RD11ESAB2 0 0.8 ADREF SCL A1 76 TU–REEL FG A2 2 77 X IN 5 TEST SDA X OUT GND XT IN CAM A 3 4 CAM C CAM B 3 GND (4.6V) 2 1 Q601A HOLD TAPESEN D510 MTZJ3.0A RD3.0ESAB1 78 TEST1 4 81 EVER +37V RF827 C826 1 / 2FR220 00µ50V 79 S610 CAM SW (a) 35 P2 P1 C827 33µ50V 80 TEST2 TEST3 XT OUT Q601 PT493F START SENSOR OUT IC505 PST7025 3 GND 2 C509 CH18p TAKE UP REEL KS24C020 EEPROM IC504 PHOTO– TRANSISTOR (b) 35 RESET R571 30k IN 1 C543 B0.1µ E E C C [4.8](4.8)4 R534 30k RESET IC R577 22k EVER 5V F2(–) E B LY89 BLM21A601S R535 47k R533 22k K K A A C825 220µ10V 14 SEG11 LOAD FWD Z601 GP1S566 OR SG–260 F1(+) 0 14 22 23 0 0 14 2SC2712Y SWITCH EVER 5.6V C572 F0.01µ 0 C SEG10 D501 1SS226 0 B Q581 38 39 40 41 C540 SL120p 0 R540 10k HOLD TAPELED R502 820 0 14 QH12 RN1402 C512 47µ16V C511 B1000p E C561 47µ6.3V ON / OFF5V R501 10k 11.7 Q581 REC 2.7k 1 / 6W 29 30 31 C541 KETSU 11.7 HIFI DET 1 12.9 Q516 SP / LP / EP 2 14 C COPY GUARD R538 10k R506 2.2k R518 R517 12k 10k LOAD REW W503 Q512 2SA1162Y SWITCH Q511 2SA1162Y SWITCH 14 R569 SEG9 – QH11 2SA1020Y 1 / 6W RH11 2.7k RH13 RH12 10k R537 10K – 2.5 Q515 2SA1020Y SWITCH R547 1k 5 2.5 CNFB CTL AMP OUT CTL AMP IN CTL OUT 3 R509 FG 56k 21 IN R508 C518 FG 1.8k 1µ50V AMP 22 C519 C563 FG SL100p KETSU OUT 23 R539 CTL SCHM 24 10k RH14 10k C548 22µ35V SU–REEL FG 5 C 4 R505 470k R513 220k C522 47µ16V DH11 ERA15–02 MG2 D506 ERA15–02 1 / 2f0 CLOCK B Q510 RN1404 SWITCH 19 20 C562 KETSU C521 SL100p B0.01µ P4 P3 – R510 C520 1.8k 1µ50V R511 56k P6 P5 – 2.8 VCC1 VREF 14 Q516 R568 RN1402 2.2k 1 / 6w SWITCH 32 33 34 35 – – 2.5 R504 220k CTL IN 5 C547 P8 P7 – 2.5 R503 470 18 14 B Q515 16 17 PLAY 14 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 2 C E 6 C515 SL330p FG OUT EE E P16 P15 P14 P13 P12 P11 P10 P9 B CTL BIAS CUT GND 2 – CB– 3 2.5 – 8 7 PIN 1 5 C 0 0 5 CB+ 15 FG IN FG AMP 4 0 0 5 GND 0 0 C CR+ 5 E C539 120p C513 47µ16V R512 220k 34 32 33 6 Q512 R507 4.7k REC B E Q511 PLAY 14 MODE LOCATION 7 Q510 EE F PIN CR– 9 MODE SERVO 11 10 R532 4.7k C514 47µ16V LOCATION 13 8 R531 4.7k C–Ref VCC2 9 1 SERVO C545 47µ16V 12 10 2 R ROR V ON / OFF5V MITER LA7116 P246 7.5) Q851 KESTU QX32 RN1401 C833 KESTU RERAY CTL F1(+) D832 1SS131 ZX01 F2(–) –26V(VKK) EVER +37V EVER 14V EVER 5.6V CX74 B0.047µ 25U39149SAN (70113184) Hi–Fi Det. Vcc.1 Moni. Env. Det. L2(R) 26 25 E81 (20) NA REC JP906 28 (7.5) 29 31 30 33 32 34 C931 0.01µ 60 (10) R928 JP708 NA PB JP622 (20) 27 JP905 PB FM A–SWP (17.5) 27K R929 15k C967 B0.056µ (a) 36 (b) 36 C926 35 36 38 CF91 1µ50V RF91 27k C929 10µ16V C935 10µ16V 0.47µ50V C941 B330p 37 (15) (10) JP917 PB FM Z602 GP1S566 OR SG–260 JP709 JP611 (10) JP612 (12.5) (5) AGC AMP. DOC Det. E82 2(L) Noise C. Pulse 22k Z.Zap Drive Peak Det. AGC Det. R ch BPF Rch R578 R JP558 (10) Rch REC FM P Lch (10) SW.N.C JP559 Lch FM LPT VCO 20k LPF TV(R) 2 1 (20) Hi–Fi ALC PNR ALC Det L ch BPF FM LPT VCO TV(L) EVR(R) RF OUT IIC DATA(52) BPF Adj. SW.N.C FGOUT JP623 I/O Decoder R 20k LPF H+ JP617 (17.5) SUPLY REEL C504 47µ6.3V P PNR D C969 B0.01µ 62 EVR(L) C Decoder I 2C Bus 16 Vreg E C Bus Memory H– LY89 BLM21A601S 24 18k 0 K A Output Select.R 3 15 1k 23 C968 F0.1µ C966 100µ16V Q602A HOLD TAPESEN Q602 PHOTO– PT493F TRANSISTOR 5.6k 2712Y TCH ON / OFF5V C571 F0.01µ [4.8] (4.7) 4.7 R583 Moni. 4K7 Vcc.2 22k R548 4K7 EE / PB(R) 22 (7.5) Moni. JP904 REC FM R572 Input Selector 21 61 END SENSOR GND.2 20 59 1(R) B 19 10µ16V EVER 5V R549 Moni. C940 EE / PB(N) 18 3 EE / PB(L) 17 Moni. R HOLD HALLSEN HALL SENSOR A 0 6dB 0.8 0 2 Output Select.L 0.8 0 H Vref Amp 0.8 C HW300B(F)–15 Z662 1 MG1 4 15 16 L1(L) B 4 0 Vdd 0 14 0 13 E IC503 TB6515AP DRUM MOTOR DRIVER Z662A L 14 C533 B0.1µ GND1 0 14 OUT(R) 0 0 14 OUT(L) 0 0 C 38 MG1 Ext Audio Mute 0 B MG1 MG1 C531 R593 B0.1µ 4.7k L3(L) 11.7 22k 14 11.7 (b) 22k 14 12.9 E R522 200 14 14 C AUDIO HIFI PROCESSOR 38 Peak Det. 14 B MG1 C532 B0.1µ L3(R) 14 E MG1 REC 2k PLAY 2k EE 18k C534 10µ25V MODE PIN 5.6k RVO ON 63 C933 10µ16V C942 100µ16V D940 C964 F0.1µ HIFI DET (#66) JP918 1SS131,1SS176 HIFI ENV (#59) (10) 53 COMP IN CSYNC IN C–FGA IN C–FGB IN POWER GOOD 49 48 47 46 D–FG / PG IN 45 PB CTL IN 44 REC CTL OUT 43 RMT OUT N MICROCOMPUTER IC501 50 REMOTE IN 26 E52 51 52 HEAD AMP SW R592 4.7k 54 55 IIC CLOCK IIC DATA 56 SHUTTLE 1 / 2 57 KEY IN 1 58 SHUTTLE 3 / 4 59 AFT 60 KEY IN 2 61 HiFi ENV 62 CAM A 63 VIDEO ENV 64 CAM B 65 ADGND HIFI DET SP / LP / EP COPY GUARD 66 CAM C 67 ADREF 21 8 42 41 TMP93CU76 COLOR ROTARY 40 SENSOR CTL 39 EE / PB / TRICK 38 V / A SWP(A–FF) 37 36 F(–) RX02 2K2 RX10 2K2 RX21 150 RX22 220 RX23 330 470 REC SW RX24 SX01 TEST1 SX08 PLAY SW SX10 CH UP SW SX11 PAUSE SW 1K8 1 2 5 6G 6 7 8 9 5G 4G 3G 2G 10 1G 32 3 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 P8 P P16 P15 P14 P13 P12 P11 P10 P9 RX05 47 CH DN SW 820 1 SX04 RX25 2 STOP SW 6K8 3 SX02 RX27 RX26 ZX02 GP1U291Q 150 RX11 R599 1 2.2k 24 X01 RX12 E5V R530 4.7k RX14 31 30 470 28 DVCC VKK RX15 27 29 820 AV LED 26 SEG16 24 25 SEG15 23 GRIT6 GRIT4 22 NC GRIT3 20 21 GRIT5 GRIT2 18 19 GRIT1 17 SEG14 16 SEG13 15 SEG12 SEG11 14 SEG10 3 SEG9 SEG8 563 32 220 33 PV / PH 330 C529 C530 B0.01µ B0.01µ C525 KETSU 1K8 CAPSTAN LIMITER R520 56k R514 47k RX16 34 VCC CAP PWM OUT 35 GND 20 DRUM PWM RX13 R519 56k (b) 25 6K8 REC H RX17 (a) 25 TEST2 CX04 47µ6.3V DX32 TLN105B +5V DX31 TLN105B RX31 1.2K 25U39149SAN (70113184) S602 70145505 C–IN / REC–INH SW R575 4.7K P960 RX30 4.7K QX30 RN1401 BUFFER QX31 2SC2236Y SWITCH 5.6V RX36 4K7 CX30 82p RX38 0 RX37 0 RX35 4K7 W960A 1 1 5.6V CONN FCC 9P SAT.LED 2 2 SAT. LED N.C. 3 3 J2 N.C. 4 4 GND 5 5 GND N.C. 6 6 N.C. B3 / B4 7 7 B3 / B4 J1 N.C. 8 8 5V B1 / B2 9 9 B1 / B2 DK30 TLN105B L3(R) L1(L) 48 R926 2K7 Vref Amp L1(L) 47 Moni. GND1 C922 1µ50V L1(R) P D 2k 22k 50 2.1 2.3 2.1 42 2.4 2.4 2.4 51 2.5 2.5 2.5 43 2.4 2.4 2.4 52 0 0 44 2.4 2.4 2.4 53 2.5 2.5 2.5 45 4.8 4.8 4.8 54 2.5 2.5 2.5 46 1.9 2.8 2.8 41 C971 22µ16V R924 3K3 46 R927 2K7 45 IC501 R925 3K3 Moni. L1(R) C923 1µ50V Input Selector 44 PN EVR(L) 43 TV(L) Hi–Fi ALC 42 EVR(R) 41 PNR TV(R) 40 L2(L) Moni. 55 2.4 2.1 2.4 1 1 1 56 2.4 2.1 2.4 48 4.7 4.7 4.7 57 2.5 2.5 2.5 49 1.5 4.7 0 58 2.8 2.7 2.8 50 4.7 4.7 4.7 59 2.4 2.1 4.9 0 0 60 2.4 2.1 2.3 4.8 4.8 4.8 61 0.9 0.9 0.9 53 4.8 0 0 62 2.2 0.8 2.2 54 1.3 1.5 1.5 63 3.2 3.2 3.2 55 4.7 4.7 4.7 64 2.7 2.7 56 0 0 0 65 1.4 0 0 57 2 2 2 66 2.8 2.7 2.8 58 2.4 2.3 2.3 67 5 5 5 (15) JP709 RF91 27k C929 10µ16V 59 5.1 5.1 5.1 68 2.5 2.5 2.4 60 2.2 2.2 2.2 69 0 0 0 61 1.9 1.9 1.9 0 0 5.2 5.2 5.2 71 2.6 2.5 2.6 63 0 0 0 72 2.5 2.5 2.5 64 4.8 4.8 4.8 73 2.5 2.4 2.5 65 – – – 74 2.4 2.4 2.4 66 – – – 75 0.1 0.1 4.4 77 2.5 2.5 2.5 0.8 78 2.5 2.5 2.5 33k (maxi) 70 0.4 0.5 0.5 79 2.5 0.2 0.2 80 2.5 2.5 2.5 C964 F0.1µ RE10 1k 71 0 0 0 72 4.9 4.9 4.9 73 0 0 0 JPF04 JPF05 (20) (15) JPF06 – – – 75 1.2 1.2 1.2 1 2.5 76 1.5 1.5 1.5 2 2.3 2.3 77 0 0 0 3 2.4 2.5 78 2.2 2.2 2.2 4 2.3 PIN EE 1.9 1.9 5 2.2 2.2 4.8 4.8 4.8 6 1.3 0.9 0 7 2.4 2.4 0 0 8 4.9 4.9 4.9 9 0.8 3.7 84 4.9 4.9 4.9 10 0.8 3.7 JPF07 85 4.8 4.8 0 11 0 (12.5) 86 4.9 4.9 4.9 12 0 0 87 4.9 4.9 4.9 13 4.4 4.4 0 88 4.9 4.9 89 2.4 2.4 2.3 90 0 0 4.5 4.9 IC101 1 W970 0 15 1.2 0 16 4.8 4.8 91 2.4 2.4 2.3 17 4.8 4.8 2.4 2.4 2.4 18 2.4 2.4 4.8 0 0 19 0 4.8 4.9 94 0 0 0 20 4.9 95 4.7 4.7 4.7 21 0 96 0 0 0 22 0 0 97 4.5 4.4 4.4 23 3.7 3.7 1.9 1.9 PF99 FRONT R CH IN FRONT L CH IN FRONT V IN 1.9 24 99 2.7 2.6 2.5 25 1.6 2.1 2.8 2.8 2.8 26 2.5 2.5 27 2.4 2.4 LOCATION 3.7 IC301 4.9 4.9 29 1.8 1.8 30 4.9 4.9 MODE PIN XDS 0 2 0 3 – 4 4.93 0 TO 0 1.428 8 1.456 9 1.0618 10 1.183 4.92 13 1.8666 15 2 SAT. LED PULSE 0 12 4.92 14 CONN FCC 9P 5V 6 7 11 JSB 3.7 28 5 SK21 EJECT WK11 0 100 SK22 POWER LINE–2 V IN P998 0 93 N.C. N.C. 10 11 9 7 14 VIDEO 2 P999 0 92 98 N.C. N.C. 10 11 9 7 8 N.C. N.C. 6 POWER SW EJECT SW DIGITAL GND POWER SW DIGITAL GND 6 8 LINE–2 V IN 5 3 0 FCB EJECT SW 3 5 VIDEO GND 4 LINE–2 V IN AUDIO GND LINE–2 R IN LINE–2 L IN LINE–2 L IN LINE–2 R IN AUDIO GND VIDEO GND 4 1 2 0 1.9 80 4.9 2 1 3 2.5 3 RF02 75 LINE–2 L IN LINE–2 R IN 2 REC 79 1 1 3 PLAY 4.9 2 P970 LOCATION 83 1 CON FFC 11P MODE 82 (12.5) W970A VIDEO 74 81 5.6V 2.5 0 0.8 TV / VCR W960A 2.5 76 0 0.8 4.9 4.9 2.5 4.9 4.6 69 E52 1 0 68 ON / OFF+9V C942 100µ16V 70 RF93 63 3 6V 2.7 62 38 CF91 1µ50V 2.3 51 52 33k RF90 27k Vcc.1 Moni. 37 0 RF92 L2(R) 36 2.4 47 67 35 2.4 (maxi) 39 CF90 1µ50V 2.4 0 TO 5V 16 – 17 – 18 – PULSE DK30 TLN105B WK31 RK31 3K RK32 4.7K RK33 3K RK34 4.7K 1 S1 2 S2 3 J2 4 J1 5 GND 5 6 N.C. 6 J2 7 B3 / B4 7 COM 8 5V 8 J1 9 B1 / B2 3 S3 4 COM TO S4 SHUTTLE SHUTTLE 70145518 Fig. 8-2-1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 9. PC BOARDS 9-1. Main PC Board A (UK01) V001 H001 P990 S001 C001 L001 255 C201 C203 P101 C106 P102 909 003 015 C545 248 275 252 CF02 016 ICF01 D001 C003 908 005 IC301 708 709 002 304 IC503 307 209 W31 001 C534 710 711 712 706 R008 705 C520 R510 007 011 Z662 640 520 C308 906 516 R521 R526 W32 F08 C005 F04 L002 528 521 013 603 602 601 E16 604 606 CD17 612 611 614 613 CD18 CD14 C930 D839 KIJ2 C932 C920 D838 927 C928 C922 C936 C963 C921 C971 C923 CF91 CF90 C931 D841 C841 C934 C940 X56 X55 X54 920 923 924 913 C939 915 914 C966 C938 912 576 CD13 911 622 621 619 617 E13 623 X53 R842 938 X21 F07 X59 921 F06 846 C501 659 X19 X20 661 C933 X18 F05 X60 RX15 RX25 X64 X49 X50 X51 X48 X46 X45 S602 X57 X52 SX10 P970 565 SX01 RX05 X39 X33 X34 X35 X36 X37 X38 X27 X28 X29 X30 X31 X32 X26 X23 X24 X25 X22 CX04 SX04 X17 DX40 R845 C942 660 665 DX32 CD02 607 608 620 663 662 R850 SX11 R575 C929 X40 X41 X42 824 X68 DX31 RX73 Q851 C935 X47 671 X13 X14 X11 X12 X09 X10 X06 X05 X04 SX02 Q850 R572 C842 Q841 C937 C969 RX02 RX41 X15 D837 SX08 R251 C926 555 666 QX31 X67 305 306 918 D940 RX10 X16 X07 X01 668 X61 X62 R542 X02 X03 P960 917 563 554 D823 CE61 566 R580 R581 R584 585 R577 830 CD12 713 561 562 664 F R514 667 814 D831 834 C833 653 RH11 RH12 Q515 831 C822 832 L821 Q831 C831 R519 X43 X44 KIJ1 D832 CD16 CD15 922 Z601 579 R524 552 C01 544 006 008 258 257 704 558 559 560 553 X501 R528 545 R523 D836 R596 R597 R598 R529 S610 556 557 580 541 542 543 R569 R571 811 D828 R568 E82 550 551 IC504 D507 QH11 L823 C837 825 C561 Q832 C834 C504 581 Z602 650 D820 826 L822 R834 C824 R546 536 578 E81 R547 R527 CH11 547 548 549 E53 540 809 575 626 625 624 651 D508 D506 R821 D835 D821 D509 C820 D830 534 535 537 CD05 CD10 577 D601 E15 546 533 CD03 Q602 573 574 539 532 CD06 628 627 DH11 827 D826 C825 823 822 821 531 H01 C821 C832 D829 538 530 833 C823 C826 C827 586 E70 874 D827 C828 E 529 508 629 Q825 CD08 582 572 570 641 Q601 D510 R822 584 527 012 CD07 568 569 E73 E72 E71 630 507 X502 D825 C829 014 F03 583 567 609 505 506 R823 610 523 524 525 526 504 876 644 R538 503 522 R512 230 R824 875 652 D R520 R592 T802 R507 L302 302 259 260 517 649 R531 R502 R513 907 244 R298 R297 284 519 502 C303 C004 247 009 C403 R263 C704 C720 R720 C717 L701 C772 645 R508 648 647 646 R525 904 905 R299 242 C702 241 004 010 L301 C406 910 R204 R203 288 256 IC2 C109 281 282 L208 324 707 L401 714 IC502 C512 Q804 C002 LF01 DF01 CW90 F01 518 C522 CF03 903 Z661 R515 515 514 511 512 IC506 G 901 238 220 236 237 235 233 232 C230 C231 219 231 227 228 229 C238 225 226 224 C240 D202 C771 Q772 R815 Q771 R772 W503 D503 R808 R809 808 810 510 C518 501 R807 C810 D808 C513 R812 C548 513 C526 D813 D812 804 C103 P702 F802 C514 C809 C709 02 D809 509 272 R804 R806 C812 C711 C775 273 Q802 W101 F02 CF05 C402 P5 D814 805 C113 902 C715 R702 RL31 274 C808 X401 C714 L772 718 C814 C807 253 L101 717 246 DL12 C815 Q801 C703 245 CL16 Q803 C811 C 221 U06 U05 DL11 CL13 R802 287 240 C708 L771 C805 D806 807 D810 C806 C813 R811 R814 C776 1 W70 D802 L801 R810 C270 C248 U04 C80 2 R803 017 249 L202 01 U03 801 R813 217 C843 L205 R844 Q843 L207 L209 U01 D804 P506 277 L206 206 208 C804 C223 239 C803 715 716 T801 D203 D204 207 RL21 U02 D805 B 213 214 215 301 216 D803 D843 D844 204 UU01 R870 202 201 R871 CL11 203 F801 D870 C844 323 Q870 D801 234 C236 212 P801 C239 211 322 205 R801 C801 ZX01 ZX02 Fig. 9-1-1 1 2 3 4 9-2. FCB PC Board (UK03) PK98 A CK99 P999 B W970A JPK96 JPK91 JPK93 WK11 JPK94 P998 JPK95 SK21 PK99 SK22 JPK92 C Fig. 9-2-1 1 2 3 4 9-3. JSB PC Board (UK03) WK31 W960A A DK30 B C Fig. 9-3-1 Top Top General GeneralDescriptions Descriptions SECTION 4 PARTS LIST 1. SAFETY PRECAUTION 2. NOTICE 3. ABBREVIATIONS 3-1. Integrated Circuit (IC) 3-2. Capacitor (Cap) 3-3. Resistor (Res) 4. EXPLODED VIEWS 4-1. 4-2. 4-3. 4-4. 4-5. Packing Assembly Cabinet Assembly Chassis Assembly Mechanism Assembly (1) Mechanism Assembly (2) 5. PARTS LIST Adjustment Procedures Procedures Servicing Diagrams Diagrams Servicing 1. SAFETY PRECAUTION The parts identified by ! ( ) mark are critical for safety. Replace only with part number specified. The mounting position of replacement is to be identical with originals. The substitute replacement parts which do not have the same safety characteristics as specified in the parts list may create shock, fire or other hazards. 2. NOTICE The part number must be used when ordering parts in order to assist in processing, be sure to include the model number and description. Parts marked # are of chip type and mounted on original PC boards. However, when they are placed for servicing works, use discrete parts listed on the parts list. 3. ABBREVIATIONS 3-1. Integrated Circuit (IC) 3-2. Capacitor (Cap) • Capacitance Tolerance (for Nominal Capacitance more than 10pF) Symbol B C D F G J K M N Tolerance % ± 0.1 ± 0.25 ± 0.5 ±1 ±2 ±5 ± 10 ± 20 ± 30 Symbol P Q T U V W X Y Z Tolerance % + 100 0 + 30 – 10 + 50 – 10 + 75 – 10 + 20 – 10 + 100 – 10 + 40 – 20 + 150 – 10 + 80 – 20 Ex. 10MF J = 10µF ± 5% Table 2-1 • Capacitance Tolerance (for Nominal Capacitance 10pF or less) Symbol B C D F G Tolerance pF ± 0.1 ± 0.25 ± 0.5 ±1 ±2 Ex. 10pF G = 10pF ± 2pF Table 2-2 3-3. Resistor (Res) • Resistance tolerance Symbol B C D F G J K M Tolerance % ± 0.1 ± 0.25 ± 0.5 ±1 ±2 ±5 ± 10 ± 20 Ex. 470ohm J = 470Ω± 5% Table 3-1 4. EXPLODED VIEWS A703 4-1. Packing Assembly A702 P801 Y101 Y102 Y103 Y104 Y107 Y111 Y112 Y113 A701 Fig. 4-1-1 4-2. Cabinet Assembly A104 A104J UK02 A101D A101H A106A A102C UK03 A106 A101 Fig. 4-2-1 4-3. Chassis Assembly B001A A105 UZ01 B603B B603C B603 Fig. 4-3-1 4-4. Mechanism Assembly (1) G051 G050 G001 G101A G101 U190 U190A G104 G102 G053 G534 G661 G536 G663 G532 G530 G540 G052 B256 G428 G666 G538 B254 G510 G458 G480 B239 G420 G555 G450 B474 K546 G527 G520 B478 B473 B488 B500 B484 B458 B456 B464 B468 Fig. 4-4-1 B460 B462 4-5. Mechanism Assembly (2) K544 K490 K544 K502 K542 K350 K330 B248 K340 K250 K140 K110 K248 B570 K240 B410 K544 K180 B444 B446 K530 B448 B440 B238 B452 K470 B560 KC02 K224 K221 K200 K219 G546 G542 Fig. 4-5-1 LOCATION PART NUMBER NUMBER DESCRIPTION - MECHANICAL PARTS - ! A101 A101D A101H A102C ! A104 A104J A105 A106 A106A A701 A702 A703 B001A B238 B239 B254 B256 B410 B440 B444 B446 B448 B452 B456 B458 B462 B464 B468 B473 B478 B484 B488 B500 B560 B570 B603 B603B B603C G001 G050 G051 G052 G101 G104 G420 G450 G480 G510 G520 G527 G530 G532 G534 G536 G538 G540 G542 G546 G555 G661 G663 G666 K110 K140 K180 K200 K219 K221 K224 K240 K250 K330 K340 K350 K470 K502 K530 K544 ! KC02 70884696 70896138 70356358 70868910 70814541 70391703 70896091 70885253 70391356 70990311 70921695 70921696 70391986 70379824 70368283 70373470 70391907 70322542 70391345 70333498 70361687 70333497 70333506 70368279 70368291 70391907 70376044 70326764 70356426 70326751 70333499 70322540 70322541 70125755 70391024 70884693 70391703 70391973 70311583 70125736 23721310 70372085 70311585 70368260 70300455 70322537 70318793 70391936 70343273 70356416 70183029 70391910 70373461 70391907 70373477 70391907 70342117 70343264 70326756 70326754 70326715 70842952 70331603 70331604 70316111 70316109 70396191 70316110 70326767 70326748 70326753 70326765 70326766 70356428 70366192 70356394 70324909 70391847 70361720 Front Panel Cassette Door Spring Door Top Cover Screw 3x6mm Bracket Knob Screw 3x10mm Case Packing(Front) Packing(Rear) Screw 4x30.5mm Tension Sleeve No.8 Guide Cap Plate C Cylinder Screw 2.6x5mm Loading Motor Assy Screw 3x3mm Worm Gear Worm Gear Holder Worm Wheel Gear FL Cam Gear Joint Gear Joint2 Gear Screw 2.6x5mm Cam Slider Pinch Drive Lever Spring Tension Drive Lever Assy Loading Drive Gear S Loading Lever Assy T Loading Lever Assy Capstan Motor Screw 2.6x6mm Rear Panel Screw 3x6mm Screw 3x12mm Cylinder Assy Slip Ring Assy Screw 3x10mm Bracket Upper Cylinder Assy Coupling S Slider Assy T Slide Assy ACE Head Assy Screw 2.6x5.6mm No.9 Guide Lever Assy Spring FE Head Screw 2.6x8mm Plate A Cylinder Screw 2.6x5mm Plate Screw 2.6x5mm Belt Reel Door Lever Pinch Assy Head Cleaner Assy Head Cleaner Sub Assy Head Cleaner Sleeve S Reel Disk T Reel Disk Idle Lever Assy Clutch Holder Assy Washer FI 2.1x5x 0.5mm Center Gear Assy Up Down Lever Assy Tension Lever Assy Band Brake Assy S Brake Assy T Brake Assy Brake Spring FL Drive Slider Spring FL Lever FL Arm Lever Assy Screw 2.6x8mm Holder(FL Cassette Guide) LOCATION PART NUMBER NUMBER ! Y101 Y104 Y112 Y113 70971840 70061209 70148430 70168298 DESCRIPTION Owner's Manual English Sheet(Extended Service Plan) Remote Control Unit RF Cable LOCATION PART NUMBER NUMBER DESCRIPTION - ELECTRICAL PARTS - UK02 70185130 RF02 RJK91 24872750 24000824 P998 P999 PK99 SK21 SK22 W970A 70163114 70163100 70163113 70145487 70145487 23902362 UK03 70185146 DK30 70118324 RK31 RK32 RK33 RK34 24872302 24872472 24872302 24872472 W960 W960A WK31 70179820 23902360 70145518 UZ01 70185117 IC101 IC201 IC301 IC501 IC502 IC503 IC504 IC505 IC506 IC825 IC920 ICD01 ICF01 ICL01 70200356 70200794 70200682 70200987 B0320665 B0101220 70011807 70200729 70200673 23318653 70200603 70200745 70200702 70200087 Q001 Q210 Q211 Q251 Q252 Q254 Q301 Q410 Q411 Q510 Q511 Q512 Q515 Q516 Q581 Q601 Q602 Q771 Q772 Q773 Q774 Q775 Q801 Q802 Q803 ! Q804 Q831 Q832 Q840 Q841 Q842 Q843 ! Q870 QH11 QH12 QL02 A6335470 A6548370 A6335470 A6335470 A6335470 A6004040 A6335470 A6335470 A6541130 A6004040 A6541130 A6541130 A6534145 A6004020 A6335470 70114403 70114403 A6319300 A6332430 A6014030 A6335470 A6335470 70114442 A6332430 A6332430 23904054 A6325549 A6325549 A6541130 A6325549 A6335470 A6325549 23904054 A6534145 A6004020 A6541130 PC Board Assy - RESISTORS Res,Chip Chip Jumper - MISCELLANEOUS Phono Jack Phono Jack Phono Jack Push Switch Push Switch FFC FCB PC Board Assy - DIODES Diode,LED - RESISTORS Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip - MISCELLANEOUS FFC Connecter,FFC 9P Shuttle Switch JSB 75ohm J 1/16W 1P 1P 1P 11P,1.25mm TLN105B 3kohm 4.7kohm 3kohm 4.7kohm J J J J 9P SRGPQJ300 PC Board Assy Main - INTEGRATED CIRCUITS IC TA8894BF IC TA1251CF IC Z86131 IC TMP93CU76F-1A56 IC TA7291S IC TB6515AP IC ST24C02AB1 IC PST7025MT IC LA7116 IC UPC1093J IC TA1246AF IC UPC1854AGT IC MM1113XS IC TC90A25F-412 - TRANSISTORS Transistor,Chip 2SC2712-Y Transistor,Chip 2SA1362-GR Transistor,Chip 2SC2712-Y Transistor,Chip 2SC2712-Y Transistor,Chip 2SC2712-Y Transistor,Chip RN1404 Transistor,Chip 2SC2712-Y Transistor,Chip 2SC2712-Y Transistor,Chip 2SA1162-Y Transistor,Chip RN1404 Transistor,Chip 2SA1162-Y Transistor,Chip 2SA1162-Y Transistor 2SA1020-Y Transistor,Chip RN1402 Transistor,Chip 2SC2712-Y Transistor,Photo PT493F Transistor,Photo PT493F Transistor 2SC1959-Y Transistor 2SC2458-Y Transistor,Chip RN2403 Transistor,Chip 2SC2712-Y Transistor,Chip 2SC2712-Y Transistor,FET 2SK2793 Transistor 2SC2458-Y Transistor 2SC2458-Y Photo Coupler ON3131-R Transistor 2SC2236-Y Transistor 2SC2236-Y Transistor,Chip 2SA1162-Y Transistor 2SC2236-Y Transistor,Chip 2SC2712-Y Transistor 2SC2236-Y Photo Coupler ON3131-R Transistor 2SA1020-Y Transistor,Chip RN1402 Transistor,Chip 2SA1162-Y 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W LOCATION PART NUMBER NUMBER QL11 QL12 QX30 QX31 QX32 A6014040 A6004040 A6004010 A6325549 A6004010 D001 D501 D503 D506 D507 D508 D509 D510 D601 D802 D803 D804 D805 D806 D808 D809 D810 D812 D813 D814 D820 D821 D823 D825 D826 D827 D828 D829 D830 D831 D832 D835 D836 D837 D838 D839 D841 D843 D870 D940 DH11 DL11 DL12 DX31 DX32 DX40 23316753 A7152750 23115537 23118486 23118486 23118486 23118486 23118486 70115450 23118486 23118486 23118486 23118486 23316381 23316765 23118056 23316727 23118486 23316668 23316765 23316399 23316766 23118486 23118056 23118056 23118056 23316654 23316716 23316719 23316668 23115537 23316463 23118486 23118486 23118486 23118486 23316690 23316673 23118486 23115537 23118486 23115537 23115537 70118324 70118324 70113180 L001 L002 L101 L202 L206 L207 L208 L209 L301 L302 L701 L771 L772 L801 L821 L822 L823 LF01 LY89 23289479 23289100 23289180 23289109 23289470 23289680 23289680 23289220 23289330 23289100 23237729 23224368 23289331 70131060 70211099 70211099 70211099 23289100 70261024 C001 C002 C003 C004 C005 C006 C101 C102 C103 24630025 24630025 24630023 24797470 24090077 24815223 24814103 24814103 24630033 DESCRIPTION Transistor,Chip Transistor,Chip Transistor,Chip Transistor Transistor,Chip - DIODES Diode,Zener Diode,Chip Diode Diode Diode Diode Diode Diode Diode,LED Diode Diode Diode Diode Diode Diode Diode Diode,Zener Diode Diode,Zener Diode Diode Diode Diode Diode Diode Diode Diode,Zener Diode,Zener Diode,Zener Diode,Zener Diode Diode Diode Diode Diode Diode Diode,Zener Diode,Zener Diode Diode Diode Diode Diode Diode,LED Diode,LED Diode,LED - COILS Coil,Peaking Coil,Peaking Coil,Peaking Coil,Peaking Coil,Peaking Coil,Peaking Coil,Peaking Coil,Peaking Coil,Peaking Coil,Peaking Coil,Peaking Coil,Osc Coil,Peaking Filter Coil Coil Coil Coil,Peaking Filter - CAPACITORS Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,OS Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Electrolytic RN2404 RN1404 RN1401 2SC2236-Y RN1401 MTZJ33A 1SS226 1SS131 ERA15-02 ERA15-02 ERA15-02 ERA15-02 ERA15-02 GL451V ERA15-02 ERA15-02 ERA15-02 ERA15-02 RU1P 1SS136 AG01 MTZJ16A ERA15-02 MTZJ5.1A 1SS136 EL1Z RU2YX ERA15-02 AG01 AG01 AG01 MTZJ3.0A MTZJ11B MTZJ12B MTZJ5.1A 1SS131 RK46 ERA15-02 ERA15-02 ERA15-02 ERA15-02 MTZJ10B MTZJ5.6C ERA15-02 1SS131 ERA15-02 1SS131 1SS131 TLN105B TLN105B TLS133AP TRF44R7AF TRF4100AF TRF4180F TRF41R0AF TRF4470AF TRF4680AF TRF4680AF TRF4220AF TRF4330AF TRF4100AF TRF4822AP 70kHz TRF4331AF ZBF253D-00F SL0609 SL0609 SL0609 TRF4100AF BLM21A10PT 10MF 10MF 4.7MF 47MF 10MF 0.022MF 0.01MF 0.01MF 0.47MF M M M M M K Z Z M 50V 50V 16V 50V 16V 50V 50V 50V 50V LOCATION PART NUMBER NUMBER C104 C106 C107 C108 C109 C110 C111 C113 C201 C202 C203 C204 C210 C220 C222 C224 C225 C226 C227 C228 C229 C230 C231 C232 C233 C234 C235 C236 C237 C238 C240 C241 C242 C243 C244 C245 C247 C248 C249 C263 C264 C265 C268 C270 C271 C273 C276 C278 C299 C301 C302 C303 C304 C305 C306 C307 C308 C309 C401 C402 C403 C404 C405 C406 C408 C409 C410 C411 C412 C413 C415 C501 C504 C507 C508 C509 C510 C511 C512 C513 C514 C515 24781180 24630025 24815103 24092178 24630034 24814103 24287104 24630850 24792471 24814103 24630850 24814103 24781270 24814103 24815103 24092293 24092293 24814103 24815103 24815472 24815103 24797229 24797229 24781680 24815103 24781102 24092293 24630850 24287224 24630035 24794100 24092178 24781090 24781621 24781300 24781201 24092178 24630034 24781560 24814103 24781221 24781241 24092178 24797010 24092178 24815103 24781150 24814103 24815103 24814103 24092178 24630023 24092178 24815682 24814333 24092178 24630030 24092441 24287102 24630025 24630033 24815332 24287104 24630866 24814103 24815682 24815682 24092178 24814103 24781330 24287104 24630864 24630866 24774080 24774080 24774180 24774150 24815102 24794470 24794470 24794470 24781331 DESCRIPTION Cap,Chip Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Chip Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Chip Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Chip 18pF 10MF 0.01MF 0.1MF 1MF 0.01MF 0.1MF 47MF 470MF 0.01MF 47MF 0.01MF 27pF 0.01MF 0.01MF 0.1MF 0.1MF 0.01MF 0.01MF 4700pF 0.01MF 2.2MF 2.2MF 68pF 0.01MF 1000pF 0.1MF 47MF 0.22MF 2.2MF 10MF 0.1MF 9pF 620pF 30pF 200pF 0.1MF 1MF 56pF 0.01MF 220pF 240pF 0.1MF 1MF 0.1MF 0.01MF 15pF 0.01MF 0.01MF 0.01MF 0.1MF 4.7MF 0.1MF 6800pF 0.033MF 0.1MF 0.1MF 1MF 1000pF 10MF 0.47MF 3300pF 0.1MF 47MF 0.01MF 6800pF 6800pF 0.1MF 0.01MF 33pF 0.1MF 100MF 47MF 8pF 8pF 18pF 15pF 1000pF 47MF 47MF 47MF 330pF J M K K M Z Z M M Z M Z J Z K Z Z Z K K K M M J K J Z M Z M M K D J J J K M J Z J J K M K K J Z K Z K M K K Z K M Z Z M M K Z M Z K K K Z J Z M M D D J J K M M M J 50V 50V 50V 25V 50V 50V 50V 16V 6.3V 50V 16V 50V 50V 50V 50V 25V 25V 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 25V 16V 50V 50V 16V 25V 50V 50V 50V 50V 25V 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 25V 10V 25V 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 25V 16V 25V 50V 50V 25V 50V 16V 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 6.3V 50V 50V 50V 25V 50V 50V 50V 6.3V 6.3V 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 16V 16V 16V 50V LOCATION PART NUMBER NUMBER ! ! ! ! ! C518 C519 C520 C521 C522 C523 C524 C525 C527 C528 C529 C530 C531 C532 C533 C534 C535 C536 C537 C539 C540 C542 C543 C544 C545 C547 C548 C561 C571 C572 C592 C701 C702 C704 C706 C707 C709 C710 C711 C712 C713 C714 C715 C716 C717 C771 C772 C773 C774 C775 C776 C777 C801 C802 C803 C804 C805 C806 C807 C808 C809 C810 C811 C812 C813 C815 C820 C821 C822 C823 C824 C825 C826 C827 C828 C829 C831 C832 C837 C841 C842 C843 24630034 24781101 24630034 24781101 24794470 24815102 24815102 24092178 24815103 24815103 24815103 24815103 24092178 24092178 24092178 24630846 24815103 24815103 24815103 24781121 24781121 24815103 24092178 24815103 24794470 24815103 24796220 24630866 24814103 24814103 24815103 24815561 24794100 24794220 24815562 24287104 24794220 24781561 24796479 24815332 24815103 24794100 24797010 24815333 24797010 24082049 24794470 24815103 24815103 24794330 24214221 24815103 24082926 24092581 24092581 24092584 70213241 24082081 24591473 24591123 24591273 24567124 24092581 24591561 24215181 24678229 24214102 70415180 24667221 70430003 24665221 70430004 70430006 70430005 24214102 24668100 24665220 70430007 24668101 24794220 24794220 24793220 DESCRIPTION Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Chip Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Chip Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Chip Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Chip Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Chip Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Plastic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Ceramic Cap,Chip Cap,Plastic Cap,Ceramic Cap,Ceramic Cap,Ceramic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Plastic Cap,Plastic Cap,Plastic Cap,Plastic Cap,Plastic Cap,Ceramic Cap,Plastic Cap,Ceramic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Ceramic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Ceramic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic 1MF 100pF 1MF 100pF 47MF 1000pF 1000pF 0.1MF 0.01MF 0.01MF 0.01MF 0.01MF 0.1MF 0.1MF 0.1MF 10MF 0.01MF 0.01MF 0.01MF 120pF 120pF 0.01MF 0.1MF 0.01MF 47MF 0.01MF 22MF 47MF 0.01MF 0.01MF 0.01MF 560pF 10MF 22MF 5600pF 0.1MF 22MF 560pF 4.7MF 3300pF 0.01MF 10MF 1MF 0.033MF 1MF 0.047MF 47MF 0.01MF 0.01MF 33MF 220pF 0.01MF 0.1MF 1000pF 1000pF 3300pF 220MF 0.033MF 0.047MF 0.012MF 0.027MF 0.12MF 1000pF 560pF 180pF 2.2MF 1000pF 820MF 220MF 1200MF 220MF 220MF 100MF 33MF 1000pF 10MF 22MF 470MF 100MF 22MF 22MF 22MF M J M J M K K K K K K K K K K M K K K J J K K K M K M M Z Z K K M M K Z M J M K K M M K M J M K K M K K M M M M M M J J J J M J K M K M M 50V 50V 50V 50V 16V 50V 50V 25V 50V 50V 50V 50V 25V 25V 25V 25V 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 25V 50V 16V 50V 35V 6.3V 50V 50V 50V 50V 16V 16V 50V 50V 16V 50V 35V 50V 50V 16V 10V 50V 10V 100V 16V 50V 50V 16V 500V 50V AC275 AC250 AC250 AC250 220V 630V 50V 50V 50V 50V AC250 50V 1kV 200V 500V 25V 25V 10V M 10V K 500V M 35V M 10V M M M M 35V 16V 16V 10V LOCATION PART NUMBER NUMBER C844 C920 C921 C922 C923 C926 C928 C929 C930 C931 C932 C933 C934 C935 C936 C937 C938 C939 C940 C941 C942 C963 C964 C966 C967 C968 C969 C971 C980 C981 CD01 CD02 CD03 CD04 CD05 CD06 CD07 CD08 CD09 CD10 CD11 CD12 CD13 CD14 CD15 CD16 CD17 CD18 CE61 CF02 CF04 CF05 CF90 CF91 CH11 CL12 CL14 CL16 CL17 CL18 CL22 CW90 CX04 CX30 CX73 CX74 24793220 24797478 24797478 24797010 24797010 24797478 24794100 24794100 24591103 24591103 24794100 24794100 24794100 24794100 24591103 24591103 24794220 24794220 24630025 24815331 24794101 24792331 24092293 24794101 24815563 24092293 24591103 24794220 24815332 24815332 24815103 24630850 24630852 24092178 24630034 24630023 24630035 24630030 24815473 24630033 24092178 24630034 24630034 24630034 70415176 70415177 24630034 24630034 70430002 24794100 24814103 24630025 24797010 24797010 24630866 24814103 24814103 24474102 24781181 24815103 24814103 24630025 24630866 24774820 24815473 24815473 R001 R002 R003 R004 R006 R007 R010 R101 R102 R103 R104 R105 R107 R108 R201 24000573 24872102 24872273 24871681 24000824 24872103 24000824 24872101 24872102 24872394 24872220 24872220 24872102 24019161 24872750 DESCRIPTION Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Plastic Cap,Plastic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Plastic Cap,Plastic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Chip Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Chip Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Plastic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Chip Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Chip Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Chip Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Chip Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Ceramic Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Electrolytic Cap,Chip Cap,Chip Cap,Chip - RESISTORS Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Chip Jumper Res,Chip Chip Jumper Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip 22MF 0.47MF 0.47MF 1MF 1MF 0.47MF 10MF 10MF 0.01MF 0.01MF 10MF 10MF 10MF 10MF 0.01MF 0.01MF 22MF 22MF 10MF 330pF 100MF 330MF 0.1MF 100MF 0.056MF 0.1MF 0.01MF 22MF 3300pF 3300pF 0.01MF 47MF 22MF 0.1MF 1MF 4.7MF 2.2MF 0.1MF 0.047MF 0.47MF 0.1MF 1MF 1MF 1MF 3.3MF 10MF 1MF 1MF 1000MF 10MF 0.01MF 10MF 1MF 1MF 47MF 0.01MF 0.01MF 1000pF 180pF 0.01MF 0.01MF 10MF 47MF 82pF 0.047MF 0.047MF M M M M M M M M J J M M M M J J M M M K M M Z M K Z J M K K K M M K M M M M K M K M M M F F M M 10V 50V 50V 10V 10V 50V 16V 16V 50V 50V 16V 16V 16V 16V 50V 50V 16V 16V 50V 50V 16V 6.3V 25V 16V 50V 25V 50V 16V 50V 50V 50V 16V 16V 25V 50V 16V 50V 50V 50V 50V 25V 50V 50V 50V 16V 16V 50V 50V M Z M M M M Z Z K J K Z M M J K K 16V 50V 50V 10V 10V 6.3V 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 50V 6.3V 50V 50V 50V 1kohm 1kohm 27kohm 680ohm F J J J 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/8W 10kohm J 1/16W 100ohm 1kohm 390kohm 22ohm 22ohm 1kohm 9.1kohm 75ohm J J J J J J F J 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/8W 1/16W LOCATION PART NUMBER NUMBER R202 R203 R204 R205 R210 R211 R212 R213 R217 R224 R225 R226 R227 R228 R229 R230 R232 R237 R241 R248 R252 R253 R255 R256 R257 R258 R259 R260 R262 R296 R297 R298 R299 R301 R302 R303 R304 R306 R308 R309 R401 R402 R403 R405 R406 R407 R408 R501 R502 R503 R504 R505 R506 R507 R508 R509 R510 R511 R512 R513 R514 R515 R517 R518 R519 R520 R521 R522 R523 R524 R525 R526 R527 R528 R529 R530 R531 R532 R533 R534 R535 R536 24872750 24366681 24366681 24872101 24872102 24872152 24872101 24872102 24872821 24872512 24872122 24872152 24872511 24872681 24872511 24000824 24872225 24872102 24872222 24872101 24872203 24872203 24000824 24872202 24872512 24872151 24872132 24000824 24000824 24871103 24366472 24360471 24360471 24872102 24872471 24872471 24872223 24872223 24872682 24872103 24872153 24872273 24872273 24872222 24872102 24872101 24872102 24872103 24366821 24872471 24872224 24872474 24872222 24366472 24366182 24872563 24366182 24872563 24366224 24366224 24366473 24366473 24872103 24872163 24366563 24366563 24366109 24871201 24366472 24366472 24366103 24366103 24366222 24366222 24366222 24872472 24366472 24872472 24872223 24872303 24872473 24872102 DESCRIPTION Res,Chip Res,Carbon Res,Carbon Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Chip Jumper Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Chip Jumper Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Chip Jumper Chip Jumper Res,Chip Res,Carbon Res,Carbon Res,Carbon Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Carbon Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Carbon Res,Carbon Res,Chip Res,Carbon Res,Chip Res,Carbon Res,Carbon Res,Carbon Res,Carbon Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Carbon Res,Carbon Res,Carbon Res,Chip Res,Carbon Res,Carbon Res,Carbon Res,Carbon Res,Carbon Res,Carbon Res,Carbon Res,Chip Res,Carbon Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip 75ohm 680ohm 680ohm 100ohm 1kohm 1.5kohm 100ohm 1kohm 820ohm 5.1kohm 1.2kohm 1.5kohm 510ohm 680ohm 510ohm J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J 1/16W 1/6W 1/6W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 2.2Mohm 1kohm 2.2kohm 100ohm 20kohm 20kohm J J J J J J 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 2kohm 5.1kohm 150ohm 1.3kohm J J J J 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 10kohm 4.7kohm 470ohm 470ohm 1kohm 470ohm 470ohm 22kohm 22kohm 6.8kohm 10kohm 15kohm 27kohm 27kohm 2.2kohm 1kohm 100ohm 1kohm 10kohm 820ohm 470ohm 220kohm 470kohm 2.2kohm 4.7kohm 1.8kohm 56kohm 1.8kohm 56kohm 220kohm 220kohm 47kohm 47kohm 10kohm 16kohm 56kohm 56kohm 1ohm 200ohm 4.7kohm 4.7kohm 10kohm 10kohm 2.2kohm 2.2kohm 2.2kohm 4.7kohm 4.7kohm 4.7kohm 22kohm 30kohm 47kohm 1kohm J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J 1/8W 1/6W 1/8W 1/8W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/6W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/6W 1/6W 1/16W 1/6W 1/16W 1/6W 1/6W 1/6W 1/6W 1/16W 1/16W 1/6W 1/6W 1/6W 1/8W 1/6W 1/6W 1/6W 1/6W 1/6W 1/6W 1/6W 1/16W 1/6W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W LOCATION PART NUMBER NUMBER R537 R538 R539 R540 R546 R547 R548 R549 R563 R568 R569 R570 R571 R572 R575 R577 R578 R580 R581 R582 R583 R584 R592 R593 R596 R597 R598 R599 R702 R703 R704 R705 R706 R707 R708 R709 R710 R711 R712 R713 R716 R717 R718 R719 R770 R771 R772 R773 R774 R775 R776 R777 R778 ! R801 R802 R803 R804 R806 R807 R808 R809 ! R810 R811 R812 R814 R815 R821 R822 R823 R824 R834 R840 R841 R842 R844 R845 R846 R848 R870 R871 R920 R921 24872103 24366103 24872103 24872103 24366102 24366102 24872472 24872472 24366912 24366222 24366222 24872103 24366303 24366223 24366472 24366223 24872223 24366102 24366102 24871151 24872102 24366102 24366472 24872472 24366103 24366103 24366103 24872222 24366102 24872243 24872105 24872331 24872681 24872272 24872333 24872562 24872123 24872334 24872241 24872682 24872333 24872273 24872273 24872103 24872101 24872363 24366229 24872682 24872102 24872122 24872222 24872222 24872152 70424086 24366514 24383473 24383391 24366511 24366101 24366202 24366682 24322278 24366913 24366101 24366101 24366155 24367472 24367102 24366271 24366182 24366122 24871223 24871472 24366103 24366621 24366103 24871122 24871104 24376473 24366512 24872562 24872562 DESCRIPTION Res,Chip Res,Carbon Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Carbon Res,Carbon Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Carbon Res,Carbon Res,Carbon Res,Chip Res,Carbon Res,Carbon Res,Carbon Res,Carbon Res,Chip Res,Carbon Res,Carbon Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Carbon Res,Carbon Res,Chip Res,Carbon Res,Carbon Res,Carbon Res,Chip Res,Carbon Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Carbon Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Composition Res,Carbon Res,Oxide Metal Res,Oxide Metal Res,Carbon Res,Carbon Res,Carbon Res,Carbon Res,Metal Res,Carbon Res,Carbon Res,Carbon Res,Carbon Res,Carbon Res,Carbon Res,Carbon Res,Carbon Res,Carbon Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Carbon Res,Carbon Res,Carbon Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Carbon Res,Carbon Res,Chip Res,Chip 10kohm 10kohm 10kohm 10kohm 1kohm 1kohm 4.7kohm 4.7kohm 9.1kohm 2.2kohm 2.2kohm 10kohm 30kohm 22kohm 4.7kohm 22kohm 22kohm 1kohm 1kohm 150ohm 1kohm 1kohm 4.7kohm 4.7kohm 10kohm 10kohm 10kohm 2.2kohm 1kohm 24kohm 1Mohm 330ohm 680ohm 2.7kohm 33kohm 5.6kohm 12kohm 330kohm 240ohm 6.8kohm 33kohm 27kohm 27kohm 10kohm 100ohm 36kohm 2.2ohm 6.8kohm 1kohm 1.2kohm 2.2kohm 2.2kohm 1.5kohm 3.3Mohm 510kohm 47kohm 390ohm 510ohm 100ohm 2kohm 6.8kohm 0.27ohm 91kohm 100ohm 100ohm 1.5Mohm 4.7kohm 1kohm 270ohm 1.8kohm 1.2kohm 22kohm 4.7kohm 10kohm 620ohm 10kohm 1.2kohm 100kohm 47kohm 5.1kohm 5.6kohm 5.6kohm J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J K J J J J J J J J J J J J G G J J J J J J J J J J J J J J 1/16W 1/6W 1/16W 1/16W 1/6W 1/6W 1/16W 1/16W 1/6W 1/6W 1/6W 1/16W 1/6W 1/6W 1/6W 1/6W 1/16W 1/6W 1/6W 1/8W 1/16W 1/6W 1/6W 1/16W 1/6W 1/6W 1/6W 1/16W 1/6W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/6W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/2W 1/6W 2W 2W 1/6W 1/6W 1/6W 1/6W 1W 1/6W 1/6W 1/6W 1/6W 1/6W 1/6W 1/6W 1/6W 1/6W 1/8W 1/8W 1/6W 1/6W 1/6W 1/8W 1/8W 1/2W 1/6W 1/16W 1/16W LOCATION PART NUMBER NUMBER R922 R923 R924 R925 R926 R927 R928 R929 R936 R937 RD01 RD02 RD03 RD04 RD05 RD06 RD07 RD08 RE10 ! RF827 ! RF841 RF90 RF91 RF92 RF93 RH11 RH12 RH13 RH14 RJ001 RJ201 RJ501 RL11 RL12 RL13 RL14 RL15 RL16 RL18 RL21 RL22 RL23 RL24 RX02 RX05 RX10 RX11 RX12 RX13 RX14 RX15 RX16 RX17 RX21 RX22 RX23 RX24 RX25 RX26 RX27 RX30 RX31 RX35 RX36 RX37 RX38 RX73 24872272 24872272 24872332 24872332 24872272 24872272 24872273 24872153 24872821 24872821 24872102 24872103 24872163 24872683 24872302 24872512 70420174 24000824 24871102 24531221 24546229 24872273 24872273 24871333 24871333 24366272 24366272 24872103 24871103 24000824 24000824 24000824 24872182 24872472 24872103 24872472 24872472 24872103 24872821 24366392 24872222 24872392 24872101 24366222 24366470 24366222 24872151 24872221 24872331 24871471 24366821 24872182 24871682 24872151 24872221 24872331 24871471 24366821 24872182 24871682 24872472 24872122 24872472 24872472 24000824 24000824 70422053 D601A ! F801 F801A ! F802 ! H001 P102 P502 P702 ! P801 P990 Q601A Q602A Q801B S001 70361689 23144558 23165102 23144581 70121874 23164506 23368639 23903032 70175915 23365940 70361714 70361714 70391355 23344082 DESCRIPTION Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res Chip Jumper Res,Chip Res,Fusible Res,Fuse Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Carbon Res,Carbon Res,Chip Res,Chip Chip Jumper Chip Jumper Chip Jumper Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Carbon Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Carbon Res,Carbon Res,Carbon Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Carbon Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Carbon Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Res,Chip Chip Jumper Chip Jumper Res,Oxide Metal - MISCELLANEOUS Holder Fuse Fuse Holder Fuse Tuner Plug 2P Plug Socket Power Cord Phono Jack Holder Holder Screw Switch,Slide 2.7kohm 2.7kohm 3.3kohm 3.3kohm 2.7kohm 2.7kohm 27kohm 15kohm 820ohm 820ohm 1kohm 10kohm 16kohm 68kohm 3kohm 5.1kohm 16.6kohm J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J F 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/10W 1kohm 220ohm 2.2ohm 27kohm 27kohm 33kohm 33kohm 2.7kohm 2.7kohm 10kohm 10kohm J J J J J J J J J J J 1/8W 1/2W 1/2W 1/16W 1/16W 1/8W 1/8W 1/6W 1/6W 1/16W 1/8W 1.8kohm 4.7kohm 10kohm 4.7kohm 4.7kohm 10kohm 820ohm 3.9kohm 2.2kohm 3.9kohm 100ohm 2.2kohm 47ohm 2.2kohm 150ohm 220ohm 330ohm 470ohm 820ohm 1.8kohm 6.8kohm 150ohm 220ohm 330ohm 470ohm 820ohm 1.8kohm 6.8kohm 4.7kohm 1.2kohm 4.7kohm 4.7kohm J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J J 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/6W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/6W 1/6W 1/6W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/8W 1/6W 1/16W 1/8W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/8W 1/6W 1/16W 1/8W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 1/16W 7.5ohm J 1/2W 1.25A,125V 0.2A,125V TMDH2 10P 2P 10A, 125V 6P 3x8mm LOCATION PART NUMBER NUMBER S602 S610 SX01 SX02 SX04 SX08 SX10 SX11 ! T801 ! T802 W701 W701A X401 X501 X502 Z601 Z602 Z661 Z662 Z662A ZX01 ZX02 70145505 70145494 70145487 70145487 70145487 70145487 70145487 70145487 23211691 70213246 70175750 23902358 23153359 23153409 70153690 70200448 70200448 70125758 70114368 70361686 70113184 70110201 DESCRIPTION Leaf Switch 1C1P Switch,Cam Push Switch Push Switch Push Switch Push Switch Push Switch Push Switch Line Filter TRF3213 Converter Transformer Wire FFC,7P,L120 Connector,FFC,7P Crystal 3.579545MHz Crystal 16MHz Crystal 32.768MHz Photo Interrupter GP1S566 Photo Interrupter GP1S566 Stator Hall Sensor HW300B Holder FIP 25U39149 F.U. GP1U291Q 438B ALEXANDRA ROAD BLOCK B#06-01 ALEXANDRA TECHNOPARK SINGAPORE 119968